SERVICE MANUAL MultiSync FP1350

PART NO. 599910516

SERVICE MANUAL

COLOR MONITOR

MultiSync FP1350

MODEL FP1350-1 (B)

NEC Corporation

200007

08109312

WARNING

The SERVICE PERSONNEL should have the appropriate technical training, knowledge and experience necessary to:

•

Be familiar with specialized test equipment, and

•

Be careful to follow all safety procedures associated with high voltage CRT circuit designs to minimize danger to themselves and their coworkers.

To avoid electrical shocks, this equipment should be used with an appropriate power code and be connected only to a properly grounded AC outlet.

This equipment utilized a micro-gap power switch. Turn off the set by first pushing the front panel power switch. Next, remove the power cord from the AC outlet.

To prevent fire or shock hazards, do not expose this unit to rain or moisture.

This symbol warns the personnel that un-insulated voltage within the unit may have sufficient magnitude to cause electric shock.

This symbol alerts the personnel that important literature concerning the operation and maintenance of this unit has been included.

Therefore, it should be read carefully in order to avoid any problems.

PRODUCT SAFETY CAUTION

1. When parts replacement is required for servicing, always use the manufacturer's specified replacement.

2. Comply with all caution and safety-related notes on the product display chassis and picture tube.

3. When replacing the component, always be certain that all the components are put back in the place.

4. When servicing display monitor unit, it is required that the provided lead dress is used in the high voltage circuit area.

5. It is also recommended that shatter proof goggles are worn, when removing installing and handling the picture tube. People not equipped with the proper precautionary measures mentioned should keep the picture tube away from body while handling.

6. As for a connector, pick and extract housing with fingers properly since a disconnection and improper contacts may occur, when wires of the connector are led.

7. Use a proper screwdriver. If you use screwdriver that does not fit, you may damage the screws.

8. X-radiation precaution

This product contains critical electrical and mechanical parts essential for X-ray protection.

Normal anode voltage is 27.0 kV at zero beam picture tube current under AC 100-120V/220-240V input, and anode voltage must not exceed the voltages shown below under any operation condition.

To measure anode voltage set brightness for very dim picture, and use a high impedance volt meter between chassis and anode lead and measure high voltage.

If high voltage exceeds the specifications on the chassis schematic diagram, take the necessary corrective action.

beam current

A/B/R

Table MAXIMUM ANODE VOLTAGE at 0 mA

34.5 kV at 0.7 mA

32.5 kV at 1.4 mA

32.3 kV

9. When you degauss the set with an external degaussing coil, you must keep strictly item “ * Notes about degaussing method ” of ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES.

CONTENTS

Page No.

SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................................. 1-1

USER'S MANUAL .................................................................................................. 2-1

SERIAL NUMBER INFORMATION ....................................................................... 3-1

ASSEMBLY ............................................................................................................ 4-1

ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES ............................................................................ 5-1

INSPECTION ......................................................................................................... 6-1

TROUBLE SHOOTING .......................................................................................... 7-1

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION ....................................................................................... 8-1

REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST .............................................................................. 9-1

BLOCK DIAGRAMS ............................................................................................ 10-1

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS ........................ It is distributed separately by the paper.

SPECIFICATION

MultiSync



FP1350 TM Monitor Monitor Specifications

Picture Tube Diagonal:

Viewable Image Size:

Radius:

Input Signal Video:

Sync:

55.3 cm / 22 inch

50.8 cm / 20 inch

57800 mm

ANALOG 0.7 Vp-p/75 Ohms

Separate sync. TTL Level

Horizontal sync. Positive/Negative

Vertical sync. Positive/Negative

Composite sync. (Positive/Negative) (TTL Level)

Sync on Green video (Positive) 0.7 Vp-p and sync.

(Negative) 0.3 Vp-p

Display Colors Analog input: Unlimited number of Colors

Notes

90

°

deflection, 0.25 - 0.27 mm

(variable) grille pitch, Medium-Short persistence phosphor, aperture grille

CRT, multi-layered, anti-static screen coating, semi-dark-tint screen, and

OptiClear



screen surface.

Synchronization Horizontal:

Range Vertical:

Resolutions Supported

Resolution based on horizontal and vertical frequencies only

31 kHz to 115 kHz

55 Hz to 160 Hz

640 x 480 @ 60 to 160 Hz

800 x 600 @ 55 to 160 Hz

832 x 624 @ 55 to 160 Hz

Depends on display card used.

Automatically

Automatically

Some systems may not support all modes listed.

Active Display Area Horizontal:

(Factory Setting) Vertical:

Active Display Area

(Full Scan)

Power Supply

Current Rating

Dimensions

Weight

Environmental Considerations

Operating Temperature:

Humidity:

Altitude:

Storage Temperature:

Humidity:

Altitude:

1024 x 768 @ 55 to 143 Hz

1152 x 870 @ 55 to 125 Hz

1280 x 1024 @ 55 to 107 Hz

1600 x 1200 @ 55 to 92 Hz ..…....

1792 x 1344 @ 55 to 81 Hz

1800 x 1440 @ 55 to 76 Hz

1856 x 1392 @ 55 to 78 Hz

1920 x 1440 @ 55 to 76 Hz

396 mm

297 mm

406 mm

305 mm

NEC cites recommended resolution a 85 Hz for optimal display performance

Dependent upon signal timing used, and does not include border area.

Dependent upon signal timing used, and does not include border area.

AC 100 - 120 V / 220 - 240 V, 50/60 Hz

2.3A @ 100 - 120 V / 1.0A@ 220-240 V

483 mm (W) x 501 mm (H) x 472 mm (D)

34.0 kg

10

°

C to + 35

°

C

30% to 80%

0 to 3000 m

-20

°

C to + 60

°

C

10% to 90%

0 to 13700 m

NOTE: Technical specifications are subject to change without notice.

1-1

USER'S MANUAL

Only the point is mentioned

Contents

FP Series monitor box* should contain the following:

• MultiSync FP Series Monitor with tilt/swivel base

MultiSync FP 950 ™ (JC-1946UMW) or

MultiSync FP 1350 ™ (JC-2241UMW)

• Power Cord

• Signal Cable

• USB Cable

• Monitor Control Software

• User’s Manual

*Remember to save your original box and packing material to transport or ship the monitor.

2-1

Quick Start

To attach the MultiSync

®

FP Series monitor to your system,follow these instructions:

1. Turn off the power to your computer and MultiSync monitor.

If you are using the signal cable, continue to Step 2.

If you are using a BNC cable, please skip to Step 3.

NOTE: BNC cables may be purchased at your local electronics store.

2. For the PC: Connect one end of the 15-pin mini D-SUB signal cable to the connector of the display card in your system (Figure A.1) and the other end to the back of the monitor (Figure A.2). Tighten all screws.

Proceed to Step 4.

For the Mac: Connect the Macintosh cable adapter to the computer (Figure B.1). Attach one end of the 15-pin mini D-SUB signal cable to the Macintosh cable adapter (Figure B.1) and the other end to the back of the monitor (Figure B.2). Tighten all screws.

Proceed to Step 4.

3. Connect the BNC cable to the appropriate connectors on the back of the monitor. Connect the red BNC cable to the BNC connector on the monitor labeled R, the green BNC cable to the BNC connector labeled G (/Sync), the blue BNC cable to the BNC connector labeled B. If you have a fourth BNC connector (Composite Sync), connect it to the BNC connector on the monitor labeled HS/CS. If you have a fifth BNC connector (Vertical

Sync), connect it to the BNC connector on the monitor labeled VS (Figure C.1).

NOTE: Incorrect cable connections may result in irregular operation or damage display components.

2-2

4. Connect one end of the power cord to the MultiSync ® FP Series monitor and the other end to the power outlet

(Figure D.1).

5. Turn on the monitor (Figure E.1) and the computer.

6. The Factory Setting for your monitor is set for D-SUB installation. If you are using a BNC cable connection, push the BNC/D-SUB button on the front of the monitor (Figure E.1) to switch settings.

NOTE: If you have any problems, please refer to the Troubleshooting section of this User’s Manual.

2-3

If your computer is equipped with USB and uses the Windows ® 98 operating system and you want to operate the monitor’s user controls using your system, you can install USB support by using the following procedure. To attach the USB port on your MultiSync FP Series monitor to a USB port on your system:

1. Using the supplied USB cable, connect the USB Series B connector end to the USB upstream port on the monitor (Figure 1).

2. Connect the other end of the supplied cable to the USB downstream port on the computer (or to a USB Hub attached to the computer) (Figure 1).

3. Install the supplied Monitor Control Software.

2-4

Controls

OSM

TM

(On-Screen Manager) control buttons on the front of the monitor function as follows:

EXIT

CONTROL

/

CONTROL

/

Main Menu

Exits the OSM menu.

Moves the highlighted area up/down to select one of the controls.

Moves the highlighted area left/right to select one of the controls.

Sub-Menu

Exits to the OSM controls main menu.

Moves the highlighted area up/down to select one of the controls.

Moves the bar in the - or + direction to decrease or increase the adjustment.

PROCEED

RESET

Has no function.

Resets all the controls within the highlighted menu to the factory setting.

Only executes control or enters sub, submenu.

Resets the highlighted control to the factory setting.

NOTE : When RESET is pressed in the main and sub-menu, a warning window will appear allowing you to cancel the reset function.

When OSM controls are activated, icons are displayed at the top of the menu.

If an arrow ( ) is displayed in a sub-menu, it indicates further choices are available. To enter a sub, sub-menu, press PROCEED.

Brightness/Contrast Controls

Brightness : Adjusts the overall image and background screen brightness.

Contrast : Adjusts the image brightness in relation to the background.

Degauss : Eliminates the buildup of stray magnetic fields which alter the correct scan of the electron beams and affect the purity of the screen colors, focus, and convergence. When activated, your screen image will jump and waver a bit as the screen is demagnetized.

Caution : Please allow a minimum of 20 minutes to elapse between uses of the Degauss

Control.

Size and Position Controls

Auto Adjust : Automatically adjusts the horizontal and vertical size and position settings for applicable signal timings.

Left/Right : Moves the image horizontally (left or right).

Down/Up : Moves the image vertically (up or down).

Narrow/Wide : Decreases or increases the horizontal size of the image.

Short/Tall : Decreases or increases the vertical size of the image.

2-5

R G B Color Control

Color Presets 1 through 5 selects the desired color setting. The bar is replaced by the color setting choice from 1 to 5. Each color setting is adjusted at the factory to the stated Kelvin. If a setting is adjusted, the name of the setting will change from Kelvin to Custom.

Red, Green, Blue : NEC’s AccuColor Control System decreases or increases the monitor’s red, green, or blue color guns depending upon which is selected. The change in color will appear on screen and the direction (decrease or increase) will be shown by the bars.

Geometry Controls

The Geometry controls allow you to adjust the curvature or angle of the sides of your display.

IN/OUT (pincushion): Decreases or increases the curvature of the sides either inward or outward.

LEFT/RIGHT (pincushion balance): Decreases or increases the curvature of the sides either to the left or right.

TILT (parallelogram) : Decreases or increases the tilt of the sides either to the left or right.

ALIGN (trapezoidal) : Decreases or increases the bottom of the screen to be the same as the top.

ROTATE (raster rotation) : Rotates the entire display clockwise or counterclockwise.

Tools 1

MOIRÈ CANCELER: Moiré is a wavy pattern which can sometimes appear on the screen. The pattern is repetitive and superimposed as rippled images. When running certain applications, the wavy pattern is more evident than in others. To reduce moiré, adjust the ON/Level by using the –/+

CONTROL buttons.

BASIC CONVERGENCE: Aligns all three colors(R,G,B) to form a single color(white). The purpose of this control is to ensure that a white line drawn on the screen is as crisp and clear as possible.

•

Use the Horizontal control to adjust the alignment of the white lines in the up/down direction.

• Use the Vertical control to adjust the alignment of the white lines in the left/right direction.

2-6

AREA CONVERGENCE: A small window will appear to indicate the area of adjustment - Top

Horizontal, Top Vertical, Bottom Horizontal or Bottom Vertical.

CORNER CORRECTION: Allows you to adjust the geometry of the corners of your display - Top, Top

Balance, Bottom or Bottom Balance.

LINEARITY: The Linearity selection allows you to adjust the spacing of the areas on the screen. The purpose of this control is to ensure that a 2cm circle is a true 2cm circle wherever it is drawn on the screen. The best way to determine the vertical linearity is as follows:

•

Draw equally spaced horizontal lines using a drawing application that has a ruler.

• Use the Vertical Balance control to adjust the lines near the top and bottom of your screen.

• Use the Vertical control to adjust the spacing between the lines near the center and top of your screen.

GLOBALSYNC CONTROL: Eliminates picture impurities that may result from the earth’s magnetic field. While in the sub-menus(GLOBALSYNC, TOP LEFT, TOP RIGHT, BOTTOM LEFT or BOTTOM

RIGHT), use the -/+ control buttons to fine tune the GlobalSync corrections.

Note: NEC recommends that you perform GlobalSync correction while running a typical application such as a spreadsheet or text document.

SHARPNESS: Allows you to adjust the clarity of the image, based on the quality of the signal received from the computer.

•

Use a full text document to make this adjustment.

•

Cycle through the four sharpness settings and select the one that provides the sharpness focus and contrast of the text.

FACTRY PRESET: Selecting Factory Preset allows you a reset most OSM settings back to the factory settings. A warning statement will appear to confirm that you do want to reset ALL settings. Individual settings can be reset by highlighting the control to be reset and pressing the RESET button.

Tools 2

LANGUAGE: OSM control menus are available in 7 languages.

OSM POSITION: You can choose where you would like the OSM controls menu to appear on your screen. Selecting OSM Position allows you to manually adjust the OSM controls menu left, right, up or down.

2-7

OSM TURN OFF: The OSM menu will stay on as long as it is in use. In the OSM Turn Off sub-menu, you can select how long the monitor waits after the last touch of a button for the OSM menu to disappear. The preset choices are 10, 20, 30, 60 and 120 seconds.

OSM LOCK OUT: This control completely locks out access to all OSM functions except Brightness and Contrast. When attempting to activate OSM while in the lock out mode, a screen will appear indicating that OSM controls are locked out. To activate the OSM Lock Out function, press PROCEED, then press and hold down simultaneously. To deactivate the OSM Lock Out, press PROCEED, then press and hold down simultaneously.

IPM™ System Off Mode: Enable: The IPM works normally, all stages of energy savings are used.

Disable: The OFF MODE of the IPM is not used.

NOTE: For standard computers and display cards you should keep the factory setting at ENABLE.

EDGELOCK CONTROL: Operating your monitor at a non-standard timing may cause images to appear darker than normal or have color distortion. Use of the EdgeLock control will adjust images to their normal state.

REFRESH NOTIFIER: A message will advise you if the refresh rate of the signal being applied to the monitor by the computer is too low. For further information, please refer to your display card or system manual.

Factory setting is OFF.

Information

Provides you with additional information which included the following:

DISPLAY MODE: Indicates the current mode and frequency setting of the monitor.

FITNESS TIPS: The fitness Tips provide you with helpful reminders to periodically rest your eyes.

You may select how frequently the remainders are displayed based upon your individual needs.

Select an interval from 15,30,45,60,90 or 120 minutes for the tips to appear. When the tips appear, follow the advice of the tips and press EXIT to clear.

MONTOR INFO: Indicates the model and serial numbers of your monitor.

2-8

Recommended Use

Safety Precautions and Maintenance

FOR OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE, PLEASE NOTE THE

FOLLOWING WHEN SETTING UP AND USING THE

MULTISYNC ® FP Series COLOR MONITOR:

• DO NOT OPEN THE MONITOR. There are no user serviceable parts inside and opening or removing covers may expose you to dangerous shock hazards or other risks. Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel.

• Do not spill any liquids into the cabinet or use your monitor near water.

• Do not insert objects of any kind into the cabinet slots, as they may touch dangerous voltage points, which can be harmful or fatal or may cause electric shock, fire or equipment failure.

• Do not place any heavy objects on the power cord. Damage to the cord may cause shock or fire.

• Do not place this product on a sloping or unstable cart, stand or table, as the monitor may fall, causing serious damage to the monitor.

• Keep the monitor away from high capacity transformers, electric motors and other devices such as external speakers or fans, which may create strong magnetic fields.

• If possible, position the monitor so that it is facing the east to minimize the effects of the earth’s magnetic field.

• Changing the direction of the monitor while it is powered on may cause image discolora-tion. To correct this, turn the monitor off for 20 minutes before powering it back on.

• When operating the MultiSync FP Series with its AC 220-240V worldwide power supply, use a power supply cord that matches the power supply voltage of the AC power outlet being used. The power supply cord you use must have been approved by and comply with the safety standards of your country (type H05VV-F should be used except in UK).

• In UK, use a BS-approved power cord with molded plug and a black (5A) fuse installed within it with this equipment. If a power cord is not supplied with this equipment please contact your supplier.

Immediately unplug your monitor from the wall outlet and refer servicing to qualified service personnel under the following conditions:

• When the power supply cord or plug is damaged.

• If liquid has been spilled, or objects have fallen into the monitor.

• If the monitor has been exposed to rain or water.

2-9

• If the monitor has been dropped or the cabinet damaged.

• If the monitor does not operate normally by following operating instructions.

CAUTION

• Allow adequate ventilation around the monitor so that heat can properly dissipate. Do not block ventilated openings or place the monitor near a radiator or other heat sources. Do not put anything on top of monitor.

• The power cable connector is the primary means of detaching the system from the power supply. The monitor should be installed close to a power outlet which is easily accessible.

• Handle with care when transporting. Save packaging for transporting.

CORRECT PLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT OF THE MONITOR

CAN REDUCE EYE, SHOULDER AND NECK FATIGUE. CHECK

THEFOLLOWING WHEN YOU POSITION THE MONITOR:

• Adjust the monitor height so that the top of the screen is at or slightly below eye level. Your eyes should look slightly downward when viewing the middle of the screen.

• Position your monitor no closer than 12 inches and no further away than 28 inches from your eyes. The optimal distance is 24 inches.

• Rest your eyes periodically by focusing on an object at least 20 feet away. Blink often.

• Position the monitor at a 90

°

angle to windows and other light sources to minimize glare and reflections. Adjust the monitor tilt so that ceiling lights do not reflect on your screen.

• If reflected light makes it hard for you to see your screen, use an anti-glare filter.

• Clean your monitor regularly. Use a lint-free, non-abrasive cloth and a non-alcohol, neutral, nonabrasive cleaning solution or glass cleaner to minimize dust.

• Adjust the monitor’s brightness and contrast controls to enhance readability.

2-10

• Use a document holder placed close to the screen.

• Position whatever you are looking at most of the time (the screen or reference material) directly in front of you to minimize turning your head while you are typing.

• Get regular eye checkups.

Ergonomics

To realize the maximum ergonomics benefits, we recommend the following:

• Adjust the Brightness until the background raster disappears

• Do not position the Contrast control to its maximum setting

• Use the preset Size and Position controls with standard signals

• Use the preset Color Setting and Sides Left/Right controls

• Use non-interlaced signals with a vertical refresh rate between 75-160Hz

• Do not use primary color blue on a dark background, as it is difficult to see and may produce eye fatigue due to insufficient contrast

2-11

Features

Flat Aperture Grille CRT: Delivers an unparalleled viewing experience with a virtually flat image, eliminating distortion and reducing glare so that what you see on-screen is what you get on your printed output. The striped phosphor alignment of the CRT delivers superior vertical definition with improved brightness for more uniform image contrast.

OptiClear ® Screen Surface: Reduces reflection and glare and increases contrast without sacrificing focus level, clarity or brightness.

Dual Dynamic Beam Focus: Provides precise, continuous focus adjustments of the electron beams resulting in optimum image quality, even to the far edges of the screen.

AccuColor ® Control System: Allows you to change between five color settings on your display to match your personal preference.

OSM ™ (On-Screen Manager) Controls: Allow you to quickly and easily adjust all elements of your screen image via simple to use on-screen menus.

ErgoDesign ® Features: Enhance human ergonomics to improve the working environment, protect the health of the user and save money. Examples include OSM controls for quick and easy image adjustments, tilt/swivel base for pre-ferred angle of vision and compliance with MPRII guidelines for lower emissions.

Plug and Play: The Microsoft ® solution with the Windows ® 95/98 operating system facilitates setup and installation by allowing the monitor to send its capabilities (such as screen size and resolutions supported) directly to your computer, automatically optimizing display performance.

IPM (Intelligent Power Manager) System: Provides innovative power-saving methods that allow the monitor to shift to a lower power consumption level when on but not in use, saving your monitor energy costs, reducing emissions and lowering the air conditioning costs of the workplace and is compliant with NUTEK, VESA DPMS and EPA ENERGY STAR.

Mode

On

Stand By

Suspend

LED Indicator

Green

Green

Yellow

Off(IPM Mode) Orange

Off(Power

Switch, Off)

No Light

Power saving

None

Minimum(Quickest Recovery)

Moderate(< 15 Watts, Moderate Recovery)

Maximum(< 5 Watts, Slow Recovery)

No Power Used(Fully Off)

Reduced Magnetic Field Technology: Reduces magnetic and alternating electric field emissions and static electricity, addressing ergonomic concerns regarding potential risks from extended computer monitor use.

2-12

Multiple Frequency Technology: Automatically adjusts monitor to the display card’s scanning frequency, thus displaying the resolution required.

FullScan Capability: Allows you to use the entire screen area in most resolu-tions, significantly expanding image size.

GlobalSync ® /Corner Purity Control: NEC’s unique design automatically elimi-nates picture impurities that may result from stray magnetic fields (including the earth’s permanent magnets, etc.) and now allows you to easily adjust impurities in the four corners of your monitor.

Auto Adjust: Allows you to easily and quickly adjust the suitable horizontal and vertical size and position settings.

Convergence Control: Allows you to adjust the horizontal and vertical conver-gence of the top and bottom area to ensure that a white line drawn on the screen is as crisp and clear as possible.

2-13

Troubleshooting

No picture

• Display card should be completely seated in its slot.

• Power Button and computer power switch should be in the ON position.

• Signal cable should be completely connected to display card/computer.

• Check connector for bent or pushed-in pins.

• Check that the BNC/D-SUB button is in the correct position.

Image is scrolling or unstable

• Signal cable should be completely attached to the computer.

• Check pin assignments and signal timings of the monitor and your display card with respect to recommended timings and pin assignments.

• If the Macintosh cable adapter is used, check for proper connection or make sure the display card is Macintosh compatible and that the card is properly seated in the computer.

LED on monitor is not lit (no green, orange, yellow color can be seen)

• Power Switch should be in the ON position and power cord should be connected.

Picture is fuzzy or color looks blotchy

• If the picture is fuzzy, adjust the Moire Canceler Control. If the color looks blotchy, adjust the

Brightness, Contrast or GlobalSync Controls, or use the EdgeLock control to change modes.

• Access the Degauss Control through OSM. Activate the Degauss Control.

CAUTION: A minimum interval of 20 minutes should exist before the Degauss Function is used a second time.

Picture bounces or a wavy pattern is present in the picture

• Move electrical devices that may be causing electrical interference away from the monitor.

Edges of the display image are not square

• Use the OSM Geometry and Corner Correction Controls to straighten the edges.

• If possible, position the front of the monitor facing east.

Display image is not centered, too small, or too large

• Use the OSM Size and Position Controls to adjust the image.

2-14

SERIAL NUMBER INFORMATION

Refer to the serial number information shown below.

EX.) SERIAL NUMBER LABEL

Model : FP1350-1

SERIAL NO. :

Manufactured Year :

( Last digit )

Manufactured Month :

January to September 1 to

October

November

December

Y

Z

9

X

Manufactured Place :

MEXICO ........... “A” g g g g g g g g g

00001 to on ward when Month is changed.

Model mark … B

3-1

ASSEMBLY

•

Before you disassemble the set, turn off power and pull out the power plug.

•

Use the appropriate screwdrivers that first the screws. If you use screwdriver that does not fit, you may break the screws.

•

Disassembly is the opposite process of assembly.

•

Carefully discharge the CRT anode potential by grounding to coating dag before removing Anode Cap.

REMARK

Clamp the EMF COIL with

CLAMPER.(4 points)

The thick of the FMF COIL is

B’

SYMBOL

132

Green

132

Green each corner

(TOP)

CLAMPER,WIRE

EMF COIL

EMF’s connector

A’

B’

(Bottom)

REMARK

Forming (Corner Coil)

SYMBOL

133

EX.)

These area are wire contact points.

Don’t bend these area.

contact point

<OK>

4-1

<NG> <NG>

REMARK

Clamp the EMC COIL with

CLAMPER,WIRE.

SYMBOL

133

Green

133

Red

EMC COIL’s wire

EMF COIL

Red

Green

REMARK

Clamp the EMC COIL with

CLAMPER,WIRE.

SYMBOL

133

Red

133

Green

EMC COIL’s wire

Red

Green

4-2

REMARK

Clamp the DEG COIL with

CLAMPER,WIRE.

SYMBOL

134

134

REMARK

Clamp the DEG COIL with

CLAMPER,WIRE.

SYMBOL

(134)

(134)

4-3

REMARK

Clamp the DEG COIL’s wire with

CLAMPER,WIRE as per sketch.

SYMBOL

<SIDE VIEW>

SHIELD

DEGAUSS

COIL

CORNER COIL

DEG COIL’S wire

Clamp the DEG COIL’S wire and the CORNER COIL.

CNZ

DEGAUSS

COIL

CORNER COIL

REMARK

Mount the EMF PWB.

SYMBOL

121E

CN-RR

CN-LL

CN-EMF

121E

4-4

REMARK

Clamp the connector.

SYMBOL

EMC COIL

DEG COIL

EMF COIL

EMC COIL

REMARK

COIL FORMING

-UPPER SIDE-

SYMBOL

4-5

Don’t cross these areas.

(DEGAUSS COIL and CORNER COIL)

REMARK

COIL FORMING

-LOWER SIDE-

SYMBOL

Don’t cross these areas.

(DEGAUSS COIL and CORNER COIL)

Mount LEAF SPRING (CRT) and

LEAF SPRING to the

PLATE,SHIELDING.

sides.)

REMARK

Mount CN-CE and COIL

SPRING to the PLATE,

SHIELDING.

EMC COIL’s wire pass through under the LEAF SPRING.(both

SYMBOL

135

136

137

138

EMF COIL

LEAF

SPRING

EMC COIL’s wire

Don’t change the form the

LEAF,SPRING.

Inspect all wires, coils and clampers to ensure that all leads are dress properly and that all clampers are closed and securely fastened.

135

136

D’

E’

D’

E’

C’

137

136

B’

138

A’

Z

138

135

B’

A’

C’

Z

135

4-6

REMARK

Dgauss the PLATE SHIELDING

(CRT) ASSY.

SYMBOL b a c e d

REMARK

Insert CN-DY and CN-SC1 to

CRT’s DY.

Note:

Don’t pull out CN-DY if you insert it once.

SAFETY

SYMBOL

143

179

180

Tie CN-DY and DY’s wirs with

BAND (L=100) as persketch.

SAFETY

176

Pass through the CN-ZDY bet ween DY and DY’s connectors.

SAFETY

DY’s hook

CN-DY

180

143

179

CN-ZDY

176

Tir wires with BAND under the DY’s hook

(Unnecessary tot cut.)

4-7

REMARK

Mount PUSH BUTTON

(CONTROL) to CABINET

FRONT ASSY.

SYMBOL

139

140

Peel off the sheet of CONTROL

PANEL and attach PUSH

BUTTON (CONTROL) to

CABINET FRONT ASSY.

141 139

141

142

140

142

Check to ensure the lead is caught or binding against the bottom surface of the CRT.

121D

Derail next page

177(2pcs)

143

Screw CRT on CABINET,FRONT (4 points).

The use of WASHER at setting CRT.

1.Necessary to make sure the screw condition of each Lot. Make sure the CABINET FRONT, it should not be whitish by stress of securing screws. And make sure the gap between CABINET

FRONT and CRT. It must keep in tolerance.

2.In case of gap or changing color caused by stress, arrange the thickness of washers.

No.

142

142

142

142

142

142

142

DESCRIPTION

WASHER (D20,D6.5,T2)

WASHER (D20,D6.5,T1)

WASHER (D20,D6.5,T1.2)

WASHER (D20,D6.5,T1.6)

WASHER (T0.5,P20)

WASHER,SPECIAL

PART No.

Q’ty

04

OR

OR

OR

OR

OR

OR

CABINET FRONT ASSY

4 points

CRT

Lug of CRT

WASHER

Boss

4-8

REMARK

SYMBOL

Screw VIDEO PWB ASSY to the

PLATE, SHIELDING

(BOTTOM).

121A

101

145

Screw PLATE, SHIELDING

(VIDEO) to the VIDEO PWB

ASSY.

Insert BUSH, INSULATOR,

CLAMPER, WIRE and EDGE,

SADDLE to the PLATE,

SHIELDING (BOTTOM).

101

102

146

114

147

148

Insert CN-SG and CN-HT to the

VIDEO PWB ASSY.

149

150

147

114

101

145

101

147

114 (2P) 148

101

CN-SG

149

150

CN-HT

121A

146

101

102

101

REMARK

Attach the CUSHION SHEET on

SW/HV PWB ASSY.

SYMBOL

175

175

T561

SW/HV PWB

COPPER SIDE

4-9

REMARK

Clamp CN-P with the EDGE

SADDLE.

EDGE

SADDLE

SYMBOL

(*1)

CN-P

Back side view

Screw the safety earth terminal to the BRACKET (VIDEO, A)

SAFETY

104

After the VIDEO PWB ASSY mount the PWB FRAME, connect the CN-SW1.

122B

122A

104

SW2

SW1

G’

115

101 (4P)

114 (2P)

154

(*1)

CN-P

G’

124

153

151

REMARK

Clamp the wires with the

CLAMPER,WIRE as follows.

SYMBOL

CN-P

SCREEN,FOCUS

CN-P,CN-R,CN-DF

CN-DF

FBT

CN-SW1

CLAMPER,WIRE

CN-SW2

CN-P,CN-R,CN-D twist

CN-SW

CN-R

CN-P,CN-R

CN-PS

5 points

CN-DF

CN-K

CN-CR

CN-P

CN-R

CN-PM

SW/HV PWB ASSY

4-10

REMARK

Don’t touch copper wire of

IC4H1.

(Because copper wire is easy to break.)

SYMBOL

122C

122C

REMARK

Clamp CN-CU with the

CLAMPER,WIRE as follows.

SYMBOL

CN-PU

CN-P

SCREEN, FOCUS

FBT

CN-PU

4-11

101

REMARK

Clamp CN-CL and CN-LEB with the CLAMPER,WIRE (bottom side of the OUTER SHIELDING.

OUTER SHIELDING

SYMBOL

CLAMPER,WIRE

After mounting the CABINET

FRONT ASSY to the FRAME

ASSY, SCREW the CASE,

SHIELDING (CRT, F).

(To avoid broken CRT neck.)

156

CN-

CL

CN-LEB

CN-SC1

103

Dress CN-CL lead to the right side of the PWB FRAME.

Z’

103

156

Z’

101

105 114

148

Don’t damage

PU PWB when screwing.

101

REMARK

Tie CN-CL and CN-LEB with

BAND (L=100).

Note: Use a pencil as a spacer.

SYMBOL

144

Insert a pencil between PLATE

SHIELDING CRT ASSY and

CN-CL, CN-LEB as per sketch.

CN-CL

Pencil

TIE BAND

Plate Shielding CRT

ASSY (BOTTOM SIDE)

Use a pencil as a spacer

After tie BAND (L=100), pull out a pencil.

CN-CL

Cut

TIE BAND

4-12

REMARK

Clamp the leads of FBT with the

EDGE SADDLE.

EDGE

SADDLE

SYMBOL

FBT

CLAMPER,

WIRE

Insert the Focus Lead to the CRT

Socket.

Push in Focus lead so that the

Line is all in the CRT Socket.

Focus lead

Line

CRT Socket.

Mount the Anode cap as follows.

CNDY

CNSC1

CN-CL

CN-EMF

CN-K

CN-PM

CN-DF

CN-CR

M’

M’

CN-HT

RED

L’

J’

CN-

SGA

K’

K’

L’

I’

H’

J’

I’

H’

BLAC

REMARK

Screw the REVOLVING STAND

(T) to the REVOLVING STAND

(B) ASSY.

SYMBOL

157

158

159

103

Mount the REVOLVING STAND

ASSY to the CHASSIS BASE.

160

Degauss both the outside and inside surfaces of the CHASSIS

BASE.

Screw the REVOLVING STAND

ASSY to the CHASSIS BASE.

104

160

103

159

Screw the REVOLVING STAND (T) to the REVOLVING STAND (B) ASSY.

158

157

Torque

8.0±1.0kgf ·cm

104

SCTREW,WM*4*10*15CF

4-13

REMARK

SYMBOL

REMARK

SYMBOL

162

101

103

101

163

4-14

REMARK

SYMBOL

Mount the ANODE CLAMPER to

ANODE LEAD.

(True up the upper ANODE

CLAMPER and adove WHITE

MARK.)

167

SAFETY

WHITE

MARK

ANODE

CLAMPER

Lower edge

Within white mark

Upper edge

ANODE

CLAMPER

WHITE

MARK

YELLOW

MARK

ANODE CLAMPER

FBT

REMARK

CLAMPER,WIRE should be partially cut away as atching area on figure.

Put CLAMPER,WIRE in

BRACKET (L,B) as per sketch.

SYMBOL

182

Position of CLAMPER

4-15

BRACKET (L,B)

REMARK

Screw the terminal from HEAT

SINK with DEF PWB ASSY.

SYMBOL terminal

DEF PWB ASSY

174

102

Within this area

123

114

166

165

166

164

115

REMARK

Connect the CN-SC2 to the

CNHSC and CNVSC.

(CN-SC2)

White - CNHSC (White)

Yellow - CNVSC (Yellow)

Before screw the BRACKET (L), connect the wires.

CN-HDY

CN-VDY

CN-CR

CN-K

CN-DF

CN-SD

CN-ASD

CN-EMF

CN-ZDY

CN-CL

CN-PM

SYMBOL

181

Clamp the wires.

(Detail next page.)

R’

P’

X’

W’

V’

U’

T’

CN-HDY

P’

U’

181

CN-SD

N’

O’

M’

CN-SC2

CN-EMF

CN-ASD l

M’

CN-SC1

O’

V’

CN-K l

101

101 (2P)

N’

101 (4P)

CN-PU

Back side view

4-16

REMARK

Clamp the wires.

SAFETY

SYMBOL

CASE,SHIELDING (CRT,F)

DY

ANODE LEAD

CN-ZDY

CN-SC1

CLAMPER,WIRE

CN-HDY

CN-VDY

CN-VDY

CN-HDY

REMARK

Clamp the wires.

SAFETY

SYMBOL

(SIDE VIEW)

CRT

DEF PWB ASSY

CLAMPER,WIRE

CN-CR

CN-K

CN-EMF

CN-DF

CN-PM

CN-CL

BRACKET (L)

CN-EMF

CN-PM

CN-K

CN-CR

CN-DF

CN-CL

CN-EMF

CN-PM

CN-CL

4-17

REMARK

Connect the CN-SC1 to the CN-

SC2.

SYMBOL

Clamp the wires.

CN-ASD

CN-AF

(BACK SIDE)

CLAMPER,WIRE

CASE,SHIELDING (CRT,F)

CRT PWB

CN-SC1

CN-SC2

CN-ASD

CN-ZDY

CN-SD

CN-EMF clamp

CN-EMF

CN-VSC

CN-HSC

CN-AF

REMARK

Clamp the ANODE LEAD with the CLAMPER WIRE (H19.5).

SYMBOL

119

SAFETY

Don’t change the from the LEAF,

SPRING.

169

101

101

170

Y’

119

Clamp

Y’

168

169

Y’

Y’

101

4-18

REMARK

SYMBOL

103

172

4-19

SYMBOL

139

140

141

142

135

136

137

138

143

145

146

147

148

131

132

133

134

125

126

127

129

121

122

123

124

114

115

116

119

105

111

112

113

101

102

103

104

CODE DESCRIPTION

2E853031 CHEXIBS(CUP)*3*8*15CF

2E853021 CHEXISS(CUP)*3*8*15BF

24851731

24852341

SCREW, FT*4*16*15BF(S)

SCREW, WM*4*10*15CF(S)

25852641

25284561

25284041

25283411

SCREW, SPECIAL(5*25)

CLAMPER, WIRE

CLAMPER, WIRE

CLAMPER, WIRE

25283651

25284061

25284521

25283111

CLAMPER, WIRE

CLAMPER, WIRE

CLAMPER, WIRE(D.G.COIL)

CLAMPER, WIRE(H19.5)

840E6C01 VIDEO PWB ASSY

843D3B01 SUB PWB ASSY

840E6D01 DEF PWB ASSY

840E6A02 SW/HV PWB ASSY

744E0341 CASE, SHIELDING(CRT,B)

744E0761 BRACKET, G(VIDEO, B)

744E0391 PLATE. SHIELDING(CRT.A)

744E0411 PLATE. SHIELDING(CRT. C)

25284581

61322301

61322302

61322101

PWB SUPPORT

COIL(100T, 80H)

CORNER COIL(380T, 105H)

DEGAUSSIING COIL(85T, 10H)

741X9741 LEAF SPRING(CRT)

741E9881 LEAF SPRING

73891347

25534632

WIRE CONNECTOR CN-CE

COIL SPRING

2E322101 CABINET FRONT ASSY

2E457751 PUSH BUTTON(CONTROL)

25430551 CONTROL PANEL

24N00301 WASHER(D20, D6. 5, T2)

33022502 CRT M51LRY21X62

2E548181 BRACKET(VIDEO.A)

744E0351 PLATE, SHIELDING(VIDEO)

24282111 BUSHING, INSULATOR

25282131 EDGE SADDLE

4-20

Qty

01

01

01

04

08

02

01

02

01

01

01

03

03

03

01

02

01

01

01

02

02

01

01

01

01

10

04

18

01

04

07

08

08

52

05

07

03

EMF

EMC

DEG

REMARKS

CN-CE

CRT

149

201

202

203

204

179

180

181

182

205

206

207

208

175

176

177

178

169

170

172

174

165

166

167

168

160

162

163

164

156

157

158

159

150

151

153

154

73891360 WIRE CONNECTOR CN-SG

73891333 WIRE CONNECTOR CN-HT

2E430491 PWB FRAME

2E548231 BRACKET(VIDEO, B)

25283461 EDGE SADDLE

744E0311 CASE, SHIELDING(CRT, F)

2E430821 REVOLVING STAND(B) ASSY

25430811 REVOLVING STAND(T)

2E426391 SPINDLE

2E548061 CHASSIS BASE

744E0441 PLATE. SHIELDING(BOTTOM)

2E548141 BRACKET(R.B)

2E548131 BRAKET(L.B)

25280851

25281421

BUSHING, INSULATOR

PWB HOLDER

25282111 ANODE CLAMPER

744E0431 PLATE. SHIELDING(BACK)

741X4311 LEAF SPRING(CRT.B)

744E0421 PLATE. SHIELDING(TOP)

2E322121 CABINET BACK

25282992 CLAMPER WIRE(H29.5)

25618341

24280701

CUSHION SHEET

BAND(L=100)

2E618481 PPE SHEET

73891295 WIRE CONNECTOR JJ4

73891431

73891432

73891433

24281691

WIRE CONNECTORE CN-DY

WIRE CONNECTORE CN-SC1

WIRE CONNECTORE CN-SC2

CLAMPER, WIRE

2E781994 LABEL, SERIAL BARCODE(GP)

2E785131 LABEL(PTB)

2E776021 LABEL, WARNING

2E789741 LABEL(CRA)

2E789721 NAME PLATE, INSTRUCTION

2E788571 LABEL(CE)

2E782001 CLEAR LABEL

25789021 LABEL(TCO99)

4-21

01

01

01

01

01

01

01

01

01

01

01

01

01

01

02

02

01

01

01

01

02

01

02

01

01

01

01

01

01

01

01

01

01

01

01

01

01

CN-SG

CN-HT

JJ1

CN-DY

CN-SC1

CN-SC2

ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES

Application

These specifications outline the adjustment procedures for Model FP1350-1 22 inch color monitor.

Model : FP1350-1

Destination: Europe Standard Adjustment Conditions

Standard Adjustment Conditions

1. Power Supply Voltage

AC 100V±5% 50/60Hz or AC 120V±5% 60Hz or AC 220V±5% 50Hz

2. Warm Up

Adjust this monitor after a minimum of 90 minutes to allow unit to reach ambient operating temperature.

(Use the Self Test screen. Refer item 7-5-3. about Self Test. )

* Adjust the monitor according to item “Rough Adjustment before warm up” before warm up.

* When aging, cover with back cabinet or aging jig.

3. Signals

Unless otherwise specified, inspection should be Mini D-SUB 15 pins.

Video: Analog 0.7±0.01 Vp-p Positive polarity (terminated at 75 ohms ±1%) or

Analog sync. on green

Video 0.7±0.01 Vp-p positive polarity

Sync 0.3±0.01 Vp-p negative polarity (terminated at 75 ohms ±1%)

Sync.: TTL level (High level: more than 2.4V / Low level: less than 0.8V)

H/V separate, positive / negative polarity or

H/V composite, positive / negative polarity or

Sync. on green, 0.3±0.01 Vp-p negative polarity (terminated at 75 ohms ±1%)

4. Magnetic Fields

Vertical Magnetic Fields: 40±1µT Horizontal Magnetic Fields: 30±1µT

* Unless instructed otherwise, the CRT face should be facing to the east.

* Degauss the entire unit with an external degaussing coil for the adjustment.

* Notes about degaussing method

Follow the degaussing procedure below. (To prevent intertwinement of aperture grille)

1) Use cylinder-shaped degaussing coil. Do not use ring degaussing coil. But ring degaussing coil can be used at degaussing chassis.

2) In order to remove a magnetization from top sides, base shield and chassis, degauss each side.

Do not switch off the degaussing coil abruptly. Move the degaussing coil slowly when degaussing.

Note: If the degaussing coil is switched off near the set, the set will be magnetized.

5-1

3) To degauss panel surface

Switch on the degaussing coil, keep a distance between panel surface and degaussing coil to more than 50 cm. Move the degaussing coil vertically near the panel surface.

Keep distance of panel surface and degaussing coil to more than 15 mm.

Vertical

Horizontal

4) Degaussing method of CRT surface

Starting from edge of CRT, move the degaussing coil toward CRT center in circular motion, spending 6 to 7 seconds. (about 4 or 5 round )

When LED is orange in factory mode (“AUTO EMF ON” appear on OSM or TAG 3, TAG 4, TAG 5, TAG B,

TAG C is selected), Do not degauss.

In user mode, do not degauss except when “DEGAUSS OK” appear on OSM.

Service Factory MODE: Auto EMF function is off. (LED is yellow)

Auto EMF function off -> on (LED is orange.) a. TAG 3, TAG 4, TAG5, TAG B, TAG C is selected.

b. When OSM MENU disappear, Push “+” and “ t” switch at once.

Then “AUTO EMF ON” appear on OSM, and AUTO EMF function is on

state.

Push any switch and power on/off, AUTO EMF function become off state.

But when receive frequency change, AUTO EMF function stay on state.

User MODE: Auto EMF function is on.(LED is green)

Auto EMF function on -> off a. Open the MENU (U),TAG7)-”DISPLAY MODE”, and Press “+” and “ t”

switch at once.

b. Then “DEGAUSS OK” appear on OSM, and AUTO EMF function is on state.

When push any switch and power on/off, AUTO EMF function become off

state. But when receive frequency change, AUTO EMF function stay on state.

5) After sufficiently degaussing the CRT, move degaussing coil slowly away from the panel surface while rotating from corner to center, taking more than 3 seconds.

Turn off SW more than 1 m away from the CRT. Degauss again if the unit is gaussed.

over 1 m

SW OFF

Magnetized Pattern Exam ple

5-2

6) When aperture grille get entangled while degaussing, receive the signal of 1dot alternate pattern and degauss again. If aperture grille remain entangled, vibrate from side.

5. Signal Generator

LVG-1603 is recommended for signal generator.

Use calibrated signal generators. However, use VG-819 in focus regulation.

Note) Adjustment timings are timing tables and are not programmed timing.

6. Color Analyzer, Convergence Meter, Landing Mater

The color analyzer should be CA-100 (made by MINOLTA) or compatible.

The convergence meter should be CC-100 (made by MINOLTA) or compatible.

The Landing meter should be KLD-01 (made by KAMAYA) or compatible.

7. OSM Menu Operation

7-1. Front Panel

EXIT

-

MultiSync

t

+

6

PROCEED RESET BNC/D-SUB

(POWER SW)

7-2. OSM Menu

This unit is adjusted in on screen menu by front panel key operation.

There are 2 types of On Screen menu.

1) Menu (user): This Menu can be operated by a customer.

2) Menu (service): This Menu is hidden from a customer.

Here after, they will be called MENU (U) and MENU (S).

The menu can be displayed when the signal is input to the display unit.

7-3. FACTORY MODE

This model has function that is named "FACTORY MODE"

When the FACTORY MODE is

ON: LED indicator light is yellow usual. But when TAG 3, TAG 4, TAG 5, TAG B or TAG C is selected, LED indicator light is orange.

Power management function does not work.

It is possible to enter MENU (S) by shortcut key.

OFF: LED indicator is GREEN when Horizontal and Vertical Sync Pulse are ON.

Power management function works when the Horizontal or (and) Vertical sync are OFF. It is not possible to enter MENU (S) by shortcut key.

Always turn on “FACTORY MODE”, when adjust the monitor.

If the adjustment finish, should be “FACTORY MODE” OFF.

5-3

7-4. FACTORY MODE SETTING

7-4-1 FACTORY MODE: OFF

→

ON

1) Open the MENU(U),TAG7 - "DISPLAY MODE"(As below)

2) Press "RESET" and " t","6" switch at once.

3) A "WARNING" will be displayed, then press "PROCEED" switch once.

4) LED indicator light turn to Yellow from Green.

7-4-2 FACTORY MODE ON

→

OFF

1) When OSM MENU is displayed, press "EXIT" switch twice. Otherwise, press "EXIT" switch once.

2) A "WARNING" will be displayed, then press "EXIT" switch once.

3) LED indicator light turns to Green from Yellow.

7-5. Displaying the OSM

7-5-1 FACTORY MODE: OFF

MENU(U): Press "EXIT" or "+" , "-" , " t" , "6" , "PROCEED" once .

MENU(S): Open MENU, TAG7 "INFORMATION" - "DISPLAY MODE”, and press "RESET" and " t" , "6" switch at once.

A warning message will be displayed, then press "PROCEED" switch.

7-5-2 FACTORY MODE: ON

MENU(U): Press "+" , "-" or " t","6" switch.

MENU(S): Press "PROCEED" switch once.

7-5-3 Self Test

When FACTORY MODE is ON, Self test is on by no signal.

When FACTORY MODE is OFF, Self test in on by power on with pushing “RESET” switch.

5-4

7-6. How to turn off OSM MENU

* To close the Menu

Press "EXIT" switch while MENU (U) or MENU (S) is displayed

TAG is highlighted: 1 time.

ITEM is highlighted: 2 times.

entering SUB MENU: 3 times

* To close MENU temporarily.

Press "PROCEED" once, while MENU (S) is being displayed.

Press "PROCEED" once more, MENU (S) is displayed again.

7-7. TAG, Item, Sub Menu Change

TAG to TAG

TAG to item

Item to sub Menu

Item to item

Sub Menu to item

Item to TAG

: Push "-" SW or "+" SW.

: Push " t" SW or "6" SW

: Push "PROCEED" SW once.

: Push " t" SW or "6" SW.

: Push "EXIT" SW once.

: When top item is selected, push " t" SW.

When bottom item is selected, push " 6" SW.

Push "EXIT" all items.

TAG

ITEM

7-8. To change Data values

Data values are changed by pressing "-" or "+" switch.

7-9. To save Data Value

Data values are saved for EEPROM, while highlighted ITEM is changed.

5-5

7-10. Structure of OSM Menu (User)

TAG 1) Brightness & Contrast TAG 2) Size & Position

TAG 3) Color Control / AccuColor TAG 4) Geometry

PRESET

No.1 9300K No.2 8200K

No.3 7500K No.4 6500K

No.5 5000K

TAG 5) Tools 1 ITEM 5-1) Moire Canceler

5-6

ITEM 5-2) Basic Convergence ITEM 5-3) Area Convergence

ITEM 5-4) Corner Correction

The second OSM appears on the top center area when

TOP HORIZONTAL or TOP VERTICAL is selected, and, it appears on the bottom center area when BOTTOM

HORIZONTAL or BOTTOM VERTICAL is selected.

ITEM 5-5) Linearity

ITEM 5-6-1) GlobalSync 1 ITEM 5-6-2) GlobalSync 2

5-7

In case of TOP LEFT and BOTTOM LEFT, the left arrow appears on the top left or the bottom left, and, in case of TOP RIGHT and BOTTOM RIGHT, the right arrow appears on the top right or the bottom right.

ITEM 5-7) Sharpness ITEM 5-8) Factory Preset

TAG 6) Tools 2

ITEM 6-2) OSM Position

ITEM 6-1) Language

ITEM 6-3) OSM Turn Off

ITEM 6-4-1) OSM Lock Out 1 ITEM 6-4-2) OSM Lock Out 2

5-8

ITEM 6-5) IPM Off Mode Control Function ITEM 6-6) Edge Lock

ITEM 6-7) Refresh Notifier TAG 7) Information

ITEM 7-2) Fitness Tips ITEM 7-1) Display Mode

ITEM 7-3) Monitor Info.

5-9

7-11. Structure of OSM Menu (Service)

[TAG 1 (S)] [TAG 2 (S)]

[TAG 3 (S)]

[TAG 5 (S)]

[TAG 7 (S)]

[TAG 4 (S)]

[TAG 6 (S)]

[TAG 8 (S)]

5-10

[TAG 9 (S)]

[TAG B (S)]

[TAG D (S)]

[TAG A (S)]

PRESET

No.1 9300K No.2 8200K

No.3 7500K No.4 6500K

No.5 5000K

[TAG C (S)]

[TAG E (S)]

5-11

ADJUSTMENT ITEMS

[A] Pre-Adjustment

1. High-Voltage Adjustment (When circuit board energizing is examined.)

[B] Initial Settings

1.Control Setting

[C] Main Adjustment

1. Raster Position

1-1. Horizontal Raster Position

1-2. Vertical Raster Position

2. Linearity Adjustment

2-1. Horizontal Linearity Adjustment

2-2. Vertical Linearity Adjustment

3. Horizontal / Vertical Maximum Size Adjustment

3-1. Horizontal Maximum Size Adjustment

3-2. Vertical Maximum Size Adjustment

4. Deflection Distortion Adjustment

4-1. Horizontal / Vertical Size Rough Adjustment

4-2. Picture Tilt Adjustment

4-3. Side Pincushion Balance Adjustment

4-4. Side Pincushion Adjustment

4-5. Trapezoid distortion Adjustment

4-6. Parallelogram Distortion Adjustment

4-7. Horizontal W-wave Distortion Adjustment

4-8. Vertical S-wave Distortion Adjustment

4-9. Corner Distortion Adjustment

4-10. Overall Distortion Adjustment

5. Preset Picture Size and Position Adjustment

6. Auto Adjustment (Size / Position / Distortion)

6-1. Outline explanation

6-2. Equipment for Adjustment

6-3. Connection

6-4. Operation

6-5. Adjustment procedures

7. Video Amplitude Adjustment

7-1. Settings

7-2. Video Amplitude

7-3. OSM Gain Adjustment

7-4. Cut Off Adjustment

7-5. Contrast Tracking Adjustment

7-6. Brightness Tracking Adjustment

7-7. Color Preset Adjustment

7-8. Maximum Brightness Adjustment

8. Focus Adjustment

9. Purity

10. Convergence Adjustment

11. Auto Adjustment

12. Factory settings for shipping

[D] Reference

1. Adjustment Signal

2. Adjustment Signals Timing

3. Position of Connector / Test point of Adjustment

NOTE; This MARK is important adjustment item for products safety.

5-12

[A] Pre-Adjustment

1. High-Voltage Adjustment

Initial Setting

Signal 3 (VGA480) All Black

SCREEN VR: Fully counterclockwise (MIN)

VR5T1: Fully counterclockwise (MIN)

This adjustment is made when circuit board energizing is examined.

1) Receive signal 3.

2) Adjust VR5T1 slowly so that high voltage is 27kV±0.2kV.

After adjusting, seal VR5T1 with a silicon adhesive and cap (Part No. 74106841).

[B] Initial Settings

1. Control Setting

Before adjusting, set the position of control as follows.

FBT SCREEN VR : Fully counterclockwise (MIN)

VR581

SW581

FOCUS F1

FOCUS F2

: Mechanical center

: Mechanical center

: Fully clockwise (MAX)

: CRT side

[C] Main Adjustment

Use this manual for aligning the monitor.

1) Push "RESET" SW to reset a highlighted item.

2) Close OSM menu and turn the power off.

3) Turn the monitor back on and confirm that the adjustment values / contrast / white balance / distortion values are the same before the Menu was closed.

When "PROCEED" SW is pushed by the condition which Menu (S) is displayed, OSM Menu will disappear. If "PROCEED" SW is pushed once more, OSM displays)

4) A highlight displays items of TAG 3, TAG 4, TAG 5, TAG B and TAG C, AUTO EMF function becomes

ON, and Landing Rotation Convergence alters.

When it is moved from this items to the tag after the adjusted, AUTO EMF function is turned off, and

Landing Rotation Convergence alters.

Previous setting

Signal: No. 3 (VGA480) All White

1) Screen VR setting

Open Menu (U), TAG 1 "BRIGHTNESS & CONTRAST" and push "RESET" SW.

Adjust SCREEN VR so that the back-raster is just disappeared.

2) FOCUS VR setting

Display OSM menu and adjust FOCUS F1 VR and F2 VR to be able to recognize characters.

5-13

3) Rough Adjustment before warm up Signal: No. 7 (VESA350@85) All White

Signal: No. 13 (MAC832*624) All White

Signal: No. 27 (H.HOLD 2(115k) fH=110kHz) All Black

Signal: No. 29 (V.RASTER) All White a. Rough adjustment of horizontal raster position


2) Adjust SCREEN VR on the FBT so that the back raster just appears.

3) Make sure to set the position of control as follows :

VR581 (on the DEF PWB) : Fully clockwise (MAX)

SW581 (on the DEF PWB) : CRT side

4) Open Menu (S), TAG2 “H.SIZE” and adjust the horizontal size to inside the bezel.

5) If raster has approached on the left of displayed area, switch SW581 position to the CRT side. If raster has approached on the right of displayed area, switch SW581 position to VR581 side.

6) Adjust VR581 so that the raster edge is centered in the bezel.

b. Rough adjustment of vertical horizontal raster position

1) Receive signal 29. All White

2) Menu (S), TAG2 data on ”V.LINEARITY" are 90, and it confirms that data on "V.LIN.BALANCE" are

128.

* When data are not 90 and 128, Open TAG2 ”V.LINEARITY" and TAG2 "V.LIN.BALANCE", and set up data.

3) Open Menu (S), TAG2 "V.SIZE", adjust "+", "-" SW so that the vertical raster size is 297±3.0 mm.

4) Open Menu (S), TAG 2 "V.RASTER CENTER" and push "RESET" SW.

5) Adjust the vertical raster and the space of the edge as listed below by switch.(Fig 1-2 reference)

| Ytop - Ybottom |

≤

1.0mm

c. Rough adjustment of self test screen


2) Open Menu(S), TAG1. Make sure that data on "SLFTST SYNC BAND" is "1".

3) Open Menu (S), TAG2 "V.POSITION" and adjust "+", "-" SW so that the picture is centered with in the screen.

4) Open Menu (S), TAG2 "V.SIZE" and adjust it so that top and bottom picture size may be 3-5mm from the bezel. When picture doesn't spread out, open Menu (S), TAG2 "V.SIZE MAX". If not able to set picture size, open Menu (S), TAG2 "V.SIZE MAX", adjust so that screen may become full with the bezel. And open Menu (S), TAG2 "V.SIZE" and adjust it so that top and bottom picture size may be 3-5mm from the bezel.


6) Open Menu (S), TAG2 “H.SIZE” and adjust the picture size is just the bezel.

7) Display the self test screen.

Note) Make sure that the screen is one image.

If there is not stable, Open Menu(S), TAG1"SLFTST SYNC BAND" and adjust "-"SW so that the data is "0".

8) Make sure that the picture size is just the bezel.

5-14

d. Screen VR Adjustment

1) Display the self test screen .

2) Adjusted with the screen VR so that the voltage of the video PWB TP-ABL may become

4.64 (V) <ABL<8.14 (V).

1. Raster Position

1-1. Horizontal Raster Position


Signal: No. 27 (H.HOLD 2(115k)) All Black

2) Adjust SCREEN-VR on the FBT so that the back raster just appears.

3) Make sure to set the position of control as follows.

VR581: Fully clockwise (MAX).

SW581: Set position to the CRT side.

4) Open Menu (S), TAG2 "H.SIZE", Horizontal Size and adjust "+", "-" SW so that the horizontal size is

396±2.0 mm.

5) If raster has approached on the left of displayed area, change the SW581 position to the CRT side If raster has approached on the right of displayed area, change the SW581 position to the VR581 side.

6) Adjust VR581 so that the distance between the bezel and raster edge is as follows.

| XL eft -XR ight |

≤

1.0 mm

Bezel

Raster

XLeft XRight

396±2.0mm

Fig 1-1 Horizontal Raster Centering

5-15

1-2. Vertical Raster Position Signal: No. 29 (V.RASTER) All White


2) Menu (S), TAG2 data on ”V.LINEARITY" are 90, and it confirms that data on "V.LIN.BALANCE" are 128.

* When data are not 90 and 128, Open TAG2 ”V.LINEARITY" and TAG2 "V.LIN.BALANCE", and set up data.

Open Menu (S), TAG2 "H.SIZE" and adjust "+" SW so that the vertical raster size is 297±3.0 mm.

3) Open Menu (S), TAG 2 "V.RASTER CENTER" and push "RESET" SW.

4) Adjust the vertical raster and the space of the edge as listed below by switch. (Fig 1-2 reference)

|Ytop - Ybottom |

≤

1.0mm

5) Push "RESET" SW.

Bezel Y top Raster

Y bottom

Fig 1-2 Vertical Raster Centering

297 ± 3.0mm

5-16

2. Linearity Adjustment

2-1. Horizontal Linearity Adjustment Signal: No. 17 (1024*768@75Hz) Cross hatch pattern

Signal: No. 23 (1600*1200@85Hz) Cross hatch pattern

* Hereunder integrate is done when value of control former "H.LINEARITY 1:60" and "H.LINEARITY 2:180" come off the value of standardized.


2) Open Menu (S), TAG2 "H.POSITION" and adjust "+", "-" SW so that the picture is centered with in the screen.

3) Open Menu (S), TAG2 "H.SIZE" and adjust "+" SW so that the horizontal size is 396±3 mm. If not able to set horizontal size, open Menu (S), TAG1 "H.SIZE MAX 2", adjust the horizontal size is 396 mm. After,

Data on "H.SIZE" adjusted to the maximum (255).

4) Open Menu (S), TAG1 "H.LINEARITY 2" and adjusted so that the horizontal direction width of the second square may become the same from both ends of the screen.

Note: When a OSM Menu is hidden temporarily for picture adjustment, push "PROCEED " SW once to display OSM Menu.


6) Open Menu (S), TAG2 "H.POSITION" and adjust "+", "-" SW so that the picture is centered with in the screen.

7) Open Menu (S), TAG2 "H.SIZE" and adjust "+" SW so that the horizontal size is 396±3 mm. If not able to set horizontal size, open Menu (S), TAG1 "H.SIZE MAX 1", adjust the vertical size is 396 mm. After, Data on "H.SIZE" adjusted to the maximum (255).

8) Open Menu (S), TAG1 "H.LINEARITY 1" and adjusted so that the horizontal direction width of the second square may become the same from both ends of the screen.


9) Push "EXIT" SW.

2-2. Vertical Linearity Adjustment Signal: No. 22 (1600*1200@75Hz) Cross hatch pattern



3) Open Menu (S), TAG2 "V.SIZE" and adjust "+" SW so that the vertical size is 297±3 mm. If not able to set vertical size, open Menu (S), TAG2 "V.SIZE MAX", adjust the vertical size is 297±3 mm. After open Menu

(S), TAG2 "V.SIZE" so that the data is max (255).

4) Open Menu (S), TAG2 "V.LINEARITY" and adjust "+", "-" SW to make size of top square and bottom square on the screen equal vertically.


5) Open Menu (S) TAG2 "V.LIN.BALANCE" and adjust "+", "-" SW to make size of top square and bottom square on the screen equal vertically.

6) Open Menu (S) TAG2 "V.LINEARITY" again and adjust "+", "-" SW to make size of top square and center square on the screen equal vertically.

7) Make sure that the linearity of top, center, and bottom on the screen are ±3%.

8) Push "EXIT" SW.

5-17

3. Horizontal / Vertical Maximum Size Adjustment

3-1. Horizontal Maximum Size Adjustment Signal: No. 13 (MAC832*624) All white

Signal: No. 35 (H.SIZE) All white


2) Open Menu (S), TAG2 "V.SIZE" and adjust "+", "-" SW so that the vertical size is 297±5 mm. If not able to set vertical size, open Menu (S), TAG2 "V.SIZE MAX", adjust the vertical size. And open Menu (S), TAG2

"V.SIZE" and adjust vertical size.

3) Open Menu (S), TAG3 "IN / OUT" and adjust "+", "-" SW to correct side pincushion distortion.

4) Open Menu (S), TAG1 "H.SIZE MAX.1", push “RESET”SW and make sure that "H.SIZE MAX.1" is set to 1.

5) Open Menu (S), TAG1 "H.SIZE MAX.1", and adjust "+", "-" SW so that video horizontal size may become full with the bezel.


7) Open Menu (S), TAG2 "H.POSITION", rough adjust so that video area may become in the center of the screen.

8) Open Menu (S), TAG1 "H.SIZE MAX. 2", and push "EXIT" SW. It confirms that data on "H.SIZE MAX.1" are

0.

9) Open Menu (S), TAG1 "H.SIZE MAX. 2", and adjust "+", "-" SW so that video horizontal size may become full with the bezel.

10) Push "EXIT" SW.

3-2. Vertical Maximum Size Adjustment


Signal: No. 28 (V.MAX) All white


3) Open Menu (S), TAG3 "V.SIZE MAX", push “RESET”SW and adjust "+", "-" SW so that the vertical size is

297±3 mm.

4) Push "EXIT" SW.

5-18

4. Deflection Distortion Adjustment

Environment: Adjustment Magnetic Field by three dimension magnetic field system.Turn the CRT face to east and degauss the monitor using an external degaussing coil.

* When distortion amount is confirmed in the hereunder adjusted, It is made the condition that items of the menu tag 3 or 4 is select, or PROCEED is used in the condition that items is select, and turn off condition the OSM.

* After 4-1 section and 4-2 section are adjusted, Redo adjusts 4-3 sections to 4-8 sections in the case of the manual adjustment. When distortion left at the top-bottom corner, the adjusted of 4-9 section is done by this adjustment. 4-10 section is confirmed at the end.

4-1. Horizontal / Vertical Size Rough Adjustment Signal: No. 33 (788*1200@75Hz) All white

1) Open Menu (S), TAG2 "H.POSITION", "V.POSITION", "H.SIZE", "V.SIZE" and adjust the screen size to the following values.

Horizontal Size: 396 mm ± 3 mm

Vertical Size: 297 mm ± 3 mm

Horizontal Picture Position: | Xleft - XRight |

≤

3.0 mm

Vertical Picture Position: | XTop - XBottom |

≤

2.0 mm

Xleft XRight

XTop

XBottom

Fig 4-1 Screen Size Rough Adjustment

4-2. Picture Tilt Adjustment


Signal: No. 33 (788*1200@75Hz) Cross Hatch Pattern

2) Open Menu (S) TAG3 "ROTATE" and make sure that initial value of adjustment data is "128".

3) Turn the CRT face to east and degauss the monitor using an external degaussing coil.

4) Make sure that the picture tilt meets the following specification.

X

≤

± 2.0 mm

If out of specification, correct CRT assembly.

5) Open Menu (S) TAG3 "ROTATE" and make sure that the picture is tilted as follows by "+", "-" SW.

"-" SW: counterclockwise

"+" SW: clockwise

6) Open Menu (S) TAG3 "ROTATE" and adjust "+", "-" SW so that the picture tilt meets the following standards.

The maximum correction is ±1.0mm.

X

≤

± 1.0 mm

5-19

7) Push "EXIT" SW.

+X

-X

Fig 4-2 Picture Tilt

4-3. Side Pincushion Balance Adjustment

1) Open Menu (S), TAG3 "SIDE PIN BAL".

Signal: No. 33 (788*1200@75Hz) All white

Adjust "+", "-" SW so that the difference of X

SL

and X

SR

is equal ( maximum 1.0 mm).

Xsl Xsr

Xsl

Fig 4-3 Side Pincushion Balance

Xsr

5-20

4-4. Side Pincushion Adjustment Signal: No. 33 (788*1200@75Hz) All white

1) Open Menu (S), TAG3 "SIDE PIN".

Adjust "+", "-" SW so that the side pincushion distortion is small ( maximum ± 0.5 mm).

A A

B

C

C

B

Xtop

Fig 4-4 Side Pincushion

4-5. Trapezoid Distortion Adjustment Signal: No. 33 (788*1200@75Hz) All white

1) Open Menu (S), TAG3 "ALIGN".

Adjust "+", "-" SW so that the Trapezoid Distortion is equal to X top and X btm . (| X top - X btm |

≤

1.0 mm)

Xtop

Xbtm

Xbtm

Fig 4-5 Trapezoid Distortion

4-6. Parallelogram Distortion Adjustment Signal: No. 33 (788*1200@75Hz) All white

1) Open Menu (S), TAG3 "TILT". Adjust "+", "-" SW so that the vertical line and horizontal line at the screen's center fall at right angles. (maximum 90° ± 0.5°)

Fig 4-6 Parallelogram Distortion

5-21

4-7. Horizontal W-wave Distortion Adjustment Signal: No. 33 (788*1200@75Hz) All white

1) Open Menu (S), TAG3 " SIDE WING ".

Adjust "+", "-" SW so that the side vertical line is about straight. (maximum ± 0.5 mm)

Center line

Fig 4-7 Horizontal W-wave Distortion

4-8. Vertical S-wave Distortion Adjustment

1) Open Menu (S), TAG3 "S.WAVE".

Signal: No. 33 (788*1200@75Hz) All white

Adjust "+", "-" SW so that the side vertical line is about straight. (maximum ± 0.5 mm)

Center line

Fig 4-8 Vertical S-wave Distortion

If Trapezoid Distortion is out of specification, repeat adjustment step 4-5.

It implements this adjustment in case of the following Undulation distortion.

Undulation is a directional difference of tilt at AB and DE.

Following figures (I) and (II) are example.

C

D

A

B

E

( | ) ( || )

（

Fig 4-9 Vertical S-wave Distortion Definition

5-22

4-9. Corner Distortion Adjustment Signal: No. 33 (788*1200@75Hz) All white

Do this integrate when distortion is adjust in the top or the bottom after the integrate to 4-8 sections.

4-9-1. Top Corner Distortion Adjustment

1) Open Menu (S), TAG4 "CORNER TOP".

Adjust "+", "-" SW so that the top corner forms a right angle. (maximum ± 1.0 mm)

Fig 4-10 Top Corner Distortion

4-9-2. Bottom Corner Distortion Adjustment

1) Open Menu(S), TAG4 "CORNER BOTTOM".

Adjust "+", "-" SW so that the bottom corner forms a right angle. (maximum ± 1.0 mm)

Fig 4-11 Bottom Corner Distortion

4-9-3. Top Corner Balance Adjustment

1) Open Menu(S), TAG4 "CORNER TOP BAL".

Adjust "+", "-" SW so that the top corner forms a right angle. (maximum ± 1.0 mm)

Fig 4-12 Top Corner Balance

5-23

4-9-4 Bottom Corner Balance Adjustment

1) Open Menu (S), TAG4 "CORNER BOTTOM BAL".

Adjust "+", "-" SW so that the bottom corner forms a right angle. (maximum ± 1.0 mm)

Fig 4-13 Bottom Corner Balance

4-10. Overall Distortion Adjustment Signal: No. 33 (788*1200@75Hz) All white

1) Confirm that adjustment on steps 4-2 to 4-9 meets the specifications.

2) If undulating, re-adjustment each distortion adjustment.

Undulation is a directional difference of tilt at either AC and CE or both.

Following figures (I) and (II) are example. AB and BC, CD and DE are the direction of tilt.

Undulated correction is the same direction of tilt at AB and BC, CD and DE.

Following figures (III) and (IV) are example. In this state, each adjustment standard must be met.

A

B

C

D

E

( ||| ) ( || ) ( ||| )

Fig 4-14 Undulated Definition

( |V )

5-24

5. Preset Picture Size and Position Adjustment

Signal: No. 3 (VGA480)

No. 6 (MAC 640*480)

No.12 (VESA 640*480@85Hz)

No.13 (MAC 832*624)

No.14 (800*600@85Hz)

No.17 (1024*768@75Hz)

No.21 (1280*1024@75Hz)

No.22 (1600*1200@75Hz)

No.23 (1600*1200@85Hz)

Video: All White


2) Open Menu (S), TAG2 "H.POSITION", "V.POSITION", "H.SIZE", "V.SIZE".

3) Adjust the picture size and position as listed below by "+", "-" SW.

Picture size

H: 396 ± 1 mm

V: 297 ± 1 mm

Picture Position

H: | XL eft – XR ight |

≤

1.0 mm

V: | XT op

– XB ottom

|

≤

1.0 mm

4) Push "EXIT" SW.

5) Receive the next signal and repeat steps 2) - 4).

Note: Before receiving the next signal, always push "EXIT" SW to store adjustments.

X

Top

Bezel

Video

X

Left

X

Right

X

Bottom

Fig 5-1 Picture Position

5-25

6) For the signals below, picture size and position are calculated from above adjustment data and data are written into EEPROM.

Preset Signal: No. 1 (VGA350)

No. 2 (VGA400)

No. 4 (640*400@70Hz)

No.10 (XGA)

No.11 (VESA800*600@75Hz)

No.15 (1024*768@70Hz)

No. 5 (800*600@60Hz)

No. 7 (VESA350@85Hz)

No. 8 (VESA400@85Hz)

No. 9 (VESA640*480@75Hz)

No.16 (1280*1024@60Hz)

No.18 (Mac1152*870)

No.19 (1024*768@85Hz)

No. 20 (1280*1024@70Hz)

USER Signal: USER1 (PC98 1120*750(I))

USER2 (VESA 800*600@56Hz)

USER3 (VESA 1024*768@60Hz)

USER4 (VESA 800*60072Hz)

USER5 (1120*750@60Hz)

USER6 (640*480@100Hz)

USER7 (XGA-2 1024*768@72Hz)

USER8 (1024*768@80Hz)

USER13 (VESA 1600*1200@60Hz)

USER14 (1024*768@100Hz)

USER15 (800*600@120Hz)

USER16 (640*480@160Hz)

USER17 (VESA 1920*1440@60Hz)

USER18 (1600*1200@70Hz)

USER19 (1280*1024@85Hz)

USER20 (800*600@140Hz)

USER9 (800*600@100Hz)

USER10 (640*480@120Hz)

USER11 (640*480@140Hz)

USER12 (VESA 1600*1200@60Hz)

USER26 (VESA 1920*1440@75Hz)

USER21 (VESA 1792*1344@75Hz)

USER22 (VESA 1600*1200@80Hz)

USER23 (1024*768@120Hz)

USER24 (800*600@160Hz)

5-26

6. Auto Adjustment (Size / Position / Distortion)

6-1. Outline explanation

1) Adjustment for Size, Position and Distortion for all preset signals can be done by selecting only one specified signal.

Accordingly, following adjustments can be done automatically by using this jig.

· Horizontal / Vertical Size Adjustment (include Max Size Adjustment)

· Horizontal / Vertical Position Adjustment

· Distortion Adjustment

2) The Menu of this adjustment is representative and they differ with every model.

However operation method is similar.

3) If Horizontal / Vertical Max Size Adjustment are not need, it requires no adjustment.

If the model requires Horizontal / Vertical Max Size Adjustment, follow the instructions that are displayed.

6-2. Equipment for Adjustment

1) Auto ADJ I/F jig

2) The software for auto ADJ I/F jig

3) Printer cable (Should be prepared at your side.)

4) PC(IBM PC or compatible) (Should be prepared at your side.)

AUTO ADJ I/F JIG (120V)

NEC

SIGNAL IN

CN-PRN

Connect Signal generator

connect printer cable

PART No. 599910401 (120V)

Connect Signal cable from Monitor

AC100-120V top view

SIGNAL OUT

A TYPE B TYPE

AUTO ADJ I/F JIG front view

Fig 6-1 Auto ADJ I/F jig

5-27

6-3. Connection

Target Monitor

Signal Cable from

target monitor

IBM PC or compatible

Video Signal Generator

Signal Cable

Printer Cable

Program Disk

AUTO ADJ PROGRAM

PART No. 599910403

AUTO ADJ I/F JIG

PART No. 599910401(120V) (for A Ver.)

Fig 6-2 Connection

1) Connect signal cable from target monitor to Auto ADJ I/F jig. (From here after, this is abbreviated “JIG”.)

2) Connect Printer cable to JIG AND PC.

3) Power on the monitor, JIG and PC after set up the software for auto ADJ I/F jig in PC.

All adjustment for Size, Position and Distortion can be done from PC by using this jig.

Adjustment for Size, Position and Distortion for all preset signals can be done by selecting only one specified (“80: TOTAL1 (1024*768(75))”) signal.

Note: Distortion adjustment signal may differ from another type monitor in some cases.

In this case, use signal displayed on the screen menu.

5-28

6-4. Operation

1) Programming flow chart

Read EEPROM data

START

Y

ROM READ ? (Y/N) or END

N

Read parameter values from disk

E

END

(1) Size / Position

(2) Distortion

(3) END

Fig 6-3 Programming flow chart of service adjustment

6-5. Adjustment procedures

1) Start the program a. Insert FD of software for auto ADJ I/F jig into PC.

b. Then Power on the PC, the AUTO ADJ I/F jig and Monitor.

c. As models list will appear on monitor screen, select the model number and push “RETURN” key.

d. As following message will appear on monitor screen, push “Y” or “N” key.

Size/Position Distortion Manual Adjust Program SPSC2.EXE Version 1.00

ROM READ ? (Y/N) or END (E)

Y: INITIAL DATA = READING SET

N: INITIAL DATA = PARAMETER FILE

MODEL:

FP1350-1

(Menu A)

If “Y” key is selected:

PC begins to read the data that is saved in EEPROM of the monitor, and to adjust the monitor using the data as reference.

If “N” key is selected:

PC begins to adjust the monitor using the data saved in program disk as reference.

Note: Push “N” key, when screen size and position are not correct and data are destroyed.

Also push “N” key, if you are not sure which reference to use.

If “E” key is selected:

PC ends adjustment program.

5-29

2) Adjustment procedure

Adjust monitor in following steps.

a. Distortion adjustment b. H. SIZE(MAX) adjustment c. V. SIZE(MAX) adjustment d. Size / Position adjustment a. Distortion adjustment a-1. The following menu B will appear on screen.

Size/Position Distortion Manual Adjust Program SPSC2.EXE Version 1.00

MODEL:

FP1350-1 1 : Size / Position

2 : Distortion

3 : END

No. ? _

(Menu B)

Note: Above menu may differ in some models.

“1 : Size / Position”

“2 : Distortion”

: Adjustment of size and position

: Adjustment of distortion

“3 : END” : Return to start menu screen a-2. Select “Distortion” while menu B is displayed, and push “RETURN” key.

a-3. Input the adjustment signal that is specified as “80: TOTAL1 (1024*768(75))” on menu D.

a-4. Then, following menu will appear on monitor screen. For getting good distortion, adjust each items on “Distortion Adjustment” with pushing “1”, “4”, “7”, “3”, “6” and “9” keys.

Note: Distortion adjustment signal may differ from another type of monitor in some cases.

In this case, use signal displayed on screen menu.

a-5. If adjustment is ended, push “RETURN” key to end the adjustment.

(Distortion data values of all preset signals are written by this operation.)

Distortion Adjust MODEL:

FP1350-1

1 : ROTATION

2 : PARALLELOGRAM

3 : TRAPEZOID

4 : PIN CUSHION

5 : PINCUSHION BALANCE

7 : V LINEAR

8 : V LINEAR BALANCE

9 : S_WAVE

10 : W_WAVE

11 : UP CORNER

12 : UP CORNER BALANCE

13 : LOW CORNER

14 : LOW CORNER BALLANCE

15 : END No. ? _

(Menu C)

5-30

b. H. SIZE(MAX) adjustment b-1. Select “Size / Position” while menu B is displayed, and push “RETURN” key.

b-2. Input a signal displayed on the screen. (If signal is not displayed on the screen, use a signal indicated horizontal maximum size adjustment section in the service manual.) b-3. As following menu will appear on monitor screen, select “83: H_MAX” and push “RETURN” key.

1:VGA350

2:VGA400

3:VGA480

4:800*600(60)

23:98_640(70)

5:MAC2(640*480)

27:640*480(85)

8:VESA640*480(75) 28:1600*1200(85)

9:XGA

10:VESA800*600(75)

29:800*600(85)

30:1024*768(85)

12:MAC2(832*624)

13:1024*768(70)

15: 1024*768(75)

16:1280*1024(60)

17:MAC_1152

18:1280*1024(70)

20:1280*1024(75)

32:1600*1200(75)

33:VESA350(85)

34:VESA400(85)

80:TOTAL1(1024*768(75))

83:H_MAX

84:H_MAX2

85:V SIZE(MAX)

87:END

FP1350-1

SIZE/POSITION ADJUSTMENT

Select No.

No. ? _

(Menu D)

Meaning of each item in this menu is as follow:

From “1” to “35” : Adjust monitor on each signal

“85” : Adjust a vertical maximum size

“87” : Size / Position adjustment is ended

5-31

b-4. As following menu E appear on monitor screen, select “H. SIZE” and push “RETURN” key.

Size/Position Adjust MODEL:

FP1350-1

SIGNAL :H_MAX

1 : H. POSI

2 : V. POSI

3 : H. SIZE

4 : V. SIZE

5 : H. SIZE(MAX)

6 : END

(Menu E) b-5. As following menu F appear on monitor screen, push “5” key.

Then adjust data value to 255 by pushing one of “3”, “6” and ”9” keys.

Note: If screen is over scanned by smaller value than 255, push “RETURN” key to end

“H. SIZE” adjustment.

Then select “5 : H. SIZE(MAX)” and decrease horizontal size, and set up data value to 255 at “H. SIZE” adjustment procedure.

In this case, you must be careful not to decrease horizontal size too small at “5 : H. SIZE(MAX)” adjustment.

Size/Position Adjust

SIGNAL :H_MAX

1 : H. POSI

2 : V. POSI

3 : H. SIZE

4 : V. SIZE

5 : H. SIZE(MAX)

6 : END

No. ?

DAC VALUE: 120

MODEL:

FP1350-1

Decrease : 1(-1), 4(-5), 7(-10) Increase : 3(+1), 6(+5), 9(+10) Original : 5

END(NO WRITE) : e E END(WRITE) : ENTER

(Menu F)

5-32

Function of each key is as follows

“1”

“4”

“7”

“3”

: data value decreases by 1 (H. SIZE becomes smaller)



: data value increases by 1 (H. SIZE expands)

“6”

“9”



“5” : set up data value to reference value

“e or E” : ends without saving data

“ENTER” : Ends after saved data b-6. Return to Size / Position adjustment menu by pushing “e” key, and select “5 : H. SIZE(MAX)”.

Adjust the horizontal size to horizontal maximum size adjustment value on service manual.

b-7. If adjustment is ended, push “RETURN” key to end the adjustment.

(H. SIZE MAX data values of all preset signals are written by this operation.) b-8. Select “84: H_MAX2” on the menu D, repeat steps b-4 to b-7.

c. V. SIZE(MAX) adjustment c-1. Open menu D, “85 : V. SIZE(MAX)” and push “RETURN” key.

c-2. Input a signal displayed on the screen. ( If signal is not displayed on the screen, use a signal indicated vertical maximum size adjustment section in the service manual. ) c-3. As following message will appear on screen, push “RETURN” key.

“INPUT V. SIZE(MAX) SIGNAL HIT ENTER KEY” c-4. Following menu G will appear on screen.

INPUT V. SIZE(MAX) SIGNAL HIT ENTER KEY

MODEL:

FP1350-1

DAC VALUE : 0

Decrease : 1(-1), 4(-5), 7(-10) Increase : 3(+1), 6(+5), 9(+10) Original : 5

END(NO WRITE) : e E END(WRITE) : ENTER

(Menu G) c-5. Adjust a vertical maximum size value as indicated on the service manual.

c-6. If adjustment is ended, push “RETURN” key to end the adjustment.

5-33

d. Size / Position adjustment d-1. Open menu B, “Size / Position” and push “RETURN” key.

d-2. As following menu D appears on monitor screen, select “80: TOTAL1 (1024*768(75))” and push

“RETURN” key.

d-3. As following menu E appears on monitor screen, select “H. POSI” and push “RETURN” key.

d-4. Menu F will appear on monitor screen.

d-5. Input a signal indicated by menu screen F. (If signal is not indicated on screen, input the signal that is specified as “80: TOTAL1 (1024*768(75))” on menu D.) d-6. Adjust the H. POSI to reference value which is specified on service manual by pushing “1”, “4”, “7”,

“3”, “6” and “9” keys.

d-7. If adjustment is ended, push “RETURN” key to end the adjustment.

(H. POSI data values of all preset signals are written by this operation.) d-8. Adjust V. POSI, H. SIZE and V. SIZE in the same way.

Adjust them as specified on the service manual.

e. Confirmation of Size / Position about another signals e-1. Open menu D, make sure that Size / Position values are in the standard of signals except “80:

TOTAL1(1024*768(75))” signal.

Note: Do not forget to change signal of signal generator for each adjustment.

f. Handling when Size / Position are non-standard f-1. Open menu D, select non-standard signal and push “RETURN” key.

f-2. When menu E is displayed on screen, select a non-standard item and push “RETURN” key.

f-3. Menu F will appear on monitor screen.

f-4. Input a non-standard signal.

f-5. Adjust the screen size / position again by pushing “1”, “4”, “7”, “3”, “6” and “9” keys.

f-6. If adjustment is ended, push “RETURN” key to end the adjustment.

Note: Do not perform the automatic adjustment (“80: TOTAL1(1024*768(75))”), after this adjustment is ended. If you wrongly performed it, you must readjust this procedure.

Note:

This program must be used with IBM compatible computer.

This program is controlled by IBM compatible computer using a parallel port.

The parallel I/O port may be different depending on the computer types.

Open a parameter file to change the value of the parallel port if auto adjustment cannot be performed.

Example:

Parallel port setting (Parameter file)

PRI_DATA_ADR 378

PRI_BUSY_ADR 379

When it is above-mentioned example, 378, an input port amount to 379 as for an output port of a parallel port.

5-34

7. Video Amplitude Adjustment Signal: No. 23 (1600*1200@85Hz) Window pattern (H:33% V:33%)

7-1. Settings

NOTE: Degauss the monitor using an external degaussing coil.

1) Confirm that the video signal of generator is as follows.

Video: Analog 0.7Vp-p ± 0.01V p-p (terminated 75 ohms ± 1 %)

2) Receive signal No.23 (All White), confirms that there is screen size of hereunder span. It is adjust in menu

TAG 2 (S),"H.SIZE", "V.SIZE", "H.POSITION", "V.POSITION" in the case as the outside of the span.

Horizontal Size : 396±3mm

Vertical Size : 297±3mm

Horizontal picture position: |XLeft - Xright |

≤

3.0mm

Vertical picture position: |Xtop - Xbottom |

≤

3.0mm

3) Open Menu (S), TAG 7,TAG 8,TAG 9,TAG A, TAG D and make sure that the following values are preset.

Menu (S), TAG 7

GAIN

R GAIN

G GAIN

: 200

: 200

: 200

B GAIN : 200

OSM COLOR GAIN

Menu (S), TAG 9

G SUB BRIGHT : 150

B SUB BRIGHT : 150

R SUB BRIGHT : 150

:5

Menu (S), TAG 8

SUB BIAS

R BIAS

G BIAS

B BIAS

: 255

: 0

: 0

: 0

Menu (S), TAG A

COLOR PRESET : 1(9300K)

R COLOR GAIN : 255

G COLOR GAIN : 255

B COLOR GAIN : 255

CONT.MAX.ADJ. : 150

Menu(S), TAG D

CONTRAST PRESET: 150

7-2. Video Amplitude


Signal: No.23 (1600*1200@85Hz) Window Pattern (H:33% V:33%)

2) Open Menu (S), TAG7.

3) Adjust "+", "-" SW so that video amplitude at TP-R (R GAIN) on the CRT PWB is set to 45 Vp-p (+0V/ -1V).

4) When the indicated value of the video amplitude is not 45 Vp-p(+0V/ -1V) with Gain data maximum, increase the R Gain values.

5) Adjust "+", "-" SW so that video amplitude at TP-G (G GAIN) ,TP-B (B GAIN) on the CRT PWB is set to 45

Vp-p(+0V/ -1V)

6) Push "EXIT" SW.

* When adjusting video amplitude, move cursor to desired function and push PROCEED button to hide the OSM menu. Adjustment can be made with OSM menu hidden. OSM menu must be hidden since its amplitude will appear on the wave form.

5-35

45

±

0

1

Vp-p

Fig 7-1 Wave form of RK, GK, BK

7-3. OSM Gain Adjustment


Signal: No.23 (1600*1200@85Hz) All black

2) Open Menu (S), TAG7 “OSM COLOR GAIN”.

3) Adjust “+”, ”-” SW so that OSM video amplitude at TP-G on the CRT PWB is set to 31 (±4) Vp-p.

4) Push "EXIT" SW.

7-4. Cut off Adjustment

1) Receive signal 23. All Black


2) Open Menu (S), TAG8 "SUB BIAS" and push “RESET” SW.

Note: Do not touch a front panel key and do not come out from “SUB BIAS” since a picture can not be seen.

3) Connect the DVM with a high voltage probe at TP-G2 on the CRT PWB and adjust SCREEN VR to obtain

700 Vdc ± 5 Vdc. (Use a high voltmeter whose maximum voltage is more than 1.5kV and input resistance is more than 1000 M

Ω

.)

4) Set 00 channel x, y, Y modes of color analyzer CA-100 and make sure that the following values are preset.

x = 0.273

y = 0.300

Y = 0.2 cd/m 2

5) Set analyzer mode at color analyzer.

6) Open Menu (S), TAG8 " SUB BIAS " and adjust until raster appears with “+” and “-“ SW . The color that appears first is the reference color.

Adjust “+”,”-“SW so that its color analyzer indicated value is 20-80.

If color analyzer does not indicate 20-80, adjust “SUB BIAS” 255 and go to 7).

Then reference color is anything OK.

7) Open Menu (S), TAG8 and adjust the reference color bias so that its analyzer indicated value is 90-110.

8) Open Menu (S), TAG8 and adjust the other color biases so that its analyzer indicated value is 90-110.

9) When the indicated value of the reference color is over 110, repeat steps 7) to 8) so that it is 90-110.

10) Close menu .

5-36

7-5. Contrast Tracking Adjustment Signal: No.23 (1600*1200@85Hz) Window Pattern (H: 33% V:33%)

1) Receive Signal 23.

2) Open Menu (S), TAG8 “CONT MAX/MIN”. Adjust "+" SW so that the contrast is max.

3) Setting modes x, y, Y at the color analyzer, measures the window color temperature. This measurement determines x=x1, y=y1.

4) Open Menu (S), TAG8 “CONT MAX/MIN”. Adjust "-" SW so that the contrast is min.

5) Measure the window color temperature. This measurement determines x=x2, y=y2.

6) Open Menu(S), TAG8 “G BIAS”, ”R BIAS”, ”B BIAS” and make sure that the window color temperature are the following values : x2 = x1 ± 0.003

y2 = y1 ± 0.003

7) Open Menu (S), TAG8 “CONT MAX/MIN”. Adjust "+" SW so that the contrast is max.

8) Measure the window color and confirm that the readings are the following values : x1 = x2 ± 0.003

y1 = y2 ± 0.003.

If not, repeat items 3) to 8).

9) Push "EXIT" SW twice.

7-6. Brightness Tracking Adjustment



2) Set modes x, y, Y at color analyzer.

3) Open Menu (S), TAG9 “G SUB BRIGHT”, “B SUB BRIGHT”, “R SUB BRIGHT” and push "RESET" SW.

(Each figure becomes 0.)

4) Adjust "+", "-" SW so that the “G SUB BRIGHT” is 5 ± 0.5 cd/m 2 .

5) Adjust “R SUB BRIGHT", "B SUB BRIGHT" and adjust "+", "-" SW so that the each color temperature measured in step 7-5.

x = x1 ± 0.002

y = y1 ± 0.002

6) Push "EXIT" SW.

7-7. Color Preset Adjustment



2) Open Menu (S), TAG A and push "RESET" SW. (R/G/B COLOR GAIN value is made the early stages.)

3) Open Menu (S), TAG A, "Color Preset No.1 9300k ".

4) Open Menu (S), TAG A, and adjust "R COLOR GAIN", "G COLOR GAIN", "B COLOR GAIN" so that the color temperature is the following value. (RGB either value make become 255 at this time.) x = 0.283 ± 0.003

y = 0.297 ± 0.003

5) Push "EXIT" SW.

6) Open Menu(S), TAG A, and adjust Color Presets No.2 to 5 (8200K ~ 5000K) to the following values :

COLOR PRESET No.

x

2(8200K) 0.290 ± 0.003

3(7500K) 0.300 ± 0.003

4(6500K) 0.315 ± 0.003

5(5000K) 0.345 ± 0.003

y

0.313 ± 0.003

0.315 ± 0.003

0.325 ± 0.003

0.350 ± 0.003

5-37

7-8.Maximun Brightness adjustment Signal: No.23 (1600*1200@85Hz) Window Pattern (H:33% V:33%)


2) Open Menu (S), TAG A "Color Preset No.1 9300K ".

3) Open Menu (S), TAG A “CONT.MAX.ADJ”. Adjust "+", "-" SW so that the “window brightness” is 140(+0, -1) cd/m 2 .

4) Open Menu (S), TAG D “CONTRAST PRESET” and push "RESET" SW.

7-9.Contrast preset adjustment (B version only)



2) Open Menu (S), TAG D "CONTRAST PRESET".

3) Adjust "+", "-" SW so that the “window brightness” is 90(+0, -1) cd/m 2 .

8. Focus Adjustment


No.31(1600*1200@60Hz) Cross Hatch Pattern “

∃

“ Character Pattern

PC Excel Focus Check Pattern (1280*1024@85Hz)

PC Focus Check Pattern

Video Board: Millennium ||

Application: Excel (Microsoft)

Font: Arial

Font Size: 8

Character: ##&&%%$$##

* After maximum horizontal amplitude adjustment, maximum vertical amplitude adjustment, and video adjustment are completed, perform this focus adjustment.

For steps of 9) , 10), 15), 16), adjust it with signal input through BNC using signal generator VG-819 or alternate.

* "CONTRAST" of the user menu and "BRIGHTNESS" are set up.

BNC input :CONTRAST - PRESET BRIGHTNESS - PRESET

D-SUB input :CONTRAST - MAX.

BRIGHTNESS - PRESET

As for 1)-3), it applies to A version only.


2) Open Menu (S), TAG D “CONTRAST PRESET”.

3) Adjust "+", "-" SW so that the “window brightness” is 90(+0, -1) cd/m 2 .


5) Open Menu (S), TAG2 "H.SIZE", "V.SIZE","H.POSITION", "V.POSITION".

Adjust the picture size and position as listed below by "+", "-" SW.

Picture size

H: 396±1 mm

V: 297±1 mm

Picture Position

H: | XL eft

– XR ight

|

≤

1.0 mm

V: | XT op – XB ottom |

≤

1.0 mm

6) Open Menu (S), TAG1 "V.D.FOCUS".

Adjust the voltage at TP-DF on the SW/HV PWB to obtain the following values.

The waveform of the TP-DF on the SW/HV PWB is observed, and the amplitude of parabolic-wave of the vertical period is adjusted to 185 ± 5Vp-p with "V.D.FOCUS".

Note: When measuring Vp-p, use a 100:1 probe with capacitance of approx. 2pF.

5-38

7) Open Menu (S), TAG1 "H.D.FOCUS", and confirms that data are "210".

* When data are different, a " H.D.FOCUS " will be displayed, adjusted to "210".

8) "EXIT" Switch is pushed, and data is saved in the memory.

9) Receive Signal 31 (1600*1200 (60Hz) cross-hatch pattern (green monochrome)) by BNC input, Menu (U),

TAG1 of "CONTRAST" and "BRIGHTNESS" are set up in " PRESET ".

10) The halo level is down with FOCUS VR F2 of FBT, and adjust so that vertical line may become thin in the center of the screen.

11) Receive Excel of PC (Focus check pattern (1280*1024@85Hz) by D-SUB input, Hereunder setting is done in the user menu.

CONRAST

H.SIZE

:MAX.

:396mm±1mm

BRIGHTNESS

V.SIZE

:PRESET (Menu (U), TAG1)

:297mm±1mm (Menu (U), TAG2)

12) It pays attention to the horizontal line of EXCEL.

A Focus is made to get fat with VR, and some double horizontal lines are displayed.

Adjust within the limits of value of VDF(±10STEP) so that the horizontal line double pallet width of 4 square of center and top and bottom may become the same.

Adjust within the limits of value of VDF(between 210±20STEP) so that the horizontal line width of 4 cell of center and top and bottom may become the same.

Note: Double horizontal lines is done as the one for the center is a little opened because both differences become ambiguous when it is displayed too much. And because it becomes over-revision, it is faced a little inside at the edge of the screen.

13) Adjust Focus VR F2 so that character vertical wire of EXCEL may get clear thicker.

14) Adjust Focus VR F1 so that horizontal is not double line and characters are fine on all area.

15) Receive signal 31(" " character) by BNC input, and "CONTRAST" and "BRIGHTNESS" are adjusted to

PRESET in the user menu.

16) Make sure that the horizontal lines of " " character white and green colors are crisp as possible in the whole screen. (It is confirmed by using a magnifying glass of 10 times.) a)

The space between horizontal lines is crisp.

b)

The horizontal lines are not bold, and do not form halos.

When it isn't missing, it is adjusted again about 13), the 14) clause .

17) Receive signal 3. (Cross-hatch,Red/Green/Blue each color) Make sure halo is within the specification.

Vertical line halo: halo and core are less than 10(Red). halo and core are less than 9(Green and Blue).

Horizontal line halo: judged to be level (core / halo: 1/1)

18) Open Menu (S), TAG D “CONTRAST PRESET” and push “RESET” SW.(it applies to A/R/AS version only) or

Vertical Cycle 185

±

5V

Fig 8-1 Dynamic Focus Wave Form

5-39

9. Purity Signal: No. 22 (1600*1200@75Hz) All green

Adjustment Magnetic Field by three dimension magnetic field system.

Setting of the Landing meter (KLD-01 made by KAMAYA)

Volt: 2.0V

Time: 50ms GAIN: 7

* Adjust this monitor after a minimum of 90 minutes to allow unit to reach ambient operating temperature.

(Use the Self Test screen. Refer item 7-5-3. About Self Test.)

1) Turn the CRT face to east, and the outside degauss is done, and demagnetization is done again in the

Degauss power source.

The degauss of the outside is conducted in the front face, both sides, the base, the top panel.

But, degauss is unnecessary for the chassis of the part of aluminum.

2) Receive signal 22(all green) and make sure that the following specifications are satisfied.

Picture Size H: 396mm±1.0mm V: 297mm±1.0mm

Picture Position H: | XLeft - Xright |

≤

1.0mm

V: | Xtop - Xbottom |

≤

1.0mm

3) Open Menu (S), TAG 5 “EMF TOP RIGHT”.

4) The four corners (Within 3*3cm) of the screen (Fig 9-3) are measured by the Landing meter, and the value of X when the value of Y was made 0 is measured.

When measured value is more than ±3%, Adjust "+","-" SW so that items of each four corners the following standards.

-3%

≤ × ≤

+3%

5) Measure that the items of each four corners are -3%

≤ × ≤

+3%

When it is not in the adjustment standard, 4), 5) clause are repeated.

Top Right : EMF TOP RIGHT Top Left : EMF TOP LEFT

Bottom Right : EMF BOTTOM RIGHT Bottom Left : EMF BOTTOM LEFT

EMF TOP LEFT EMF TOP RIGHT

The one within 3*3cm

from each corner is

adjusted.

EMF BOTTOM LEFT EMF BOTTOM RIGHT

Fig 9-1 Landing measurement point

Don't use "GLOBAL SYNC" when you adjust it.

5-40

10. Convergence Adjustment Signal: No.33 (788*1200 @ 75Hz) Cross Hatch Pattern and frame pattern

Environment: Adjustment Magnetic Field by three dimension magnetic field system.

Turn the CRT face to east and degauss the monitor using external differential coil.

1) Receive Signal 33 (Cross Hatch Pattern and frame Pattern).

It confirms that screen amplitude and screen position are following value.

Screen amplitude

Screen position

H: 396mm

±

1.0mm

V: 297mm

±

1.0mm

H: l Xleft -Xright l

≤

1.0mm

V: l Xtop -Xbottom l

≤

1.0mm

Receive Signal 33 (Cross Hatch Pattern)

Adjust the H/V an interval of Cross Hatch Pattern to the following values, and Cross Hatch Pattern consist of the 15 vertical line and the 11 horizontal line is displayed.

H interval : 54dot

V interval : 112line

The adjustment confirmation is open each convergence revision items of Menu(S),TAG B and TAG C and push "PROCEED"SW.

2) Measure misconvergence, by using Fig.10-6 standard mentioned below.

a. Measure misconvergence at screen center.

If it is not satisfactory, adjust the static convergence of the green by using the 6-pole magnets on the CPM assembly.

X: l "R-G"+"B-G" l < 0.10mm

Y: l "R-G"+"B-G" l < 0.10mm

Measure misconvergence at screen center once again.

If it is not satisfactory, adjust the static convergence of the blue and red by using the4-pole magnets on the CPM assembly.

X: l "R-B" l < 0.20mm

Y: l "R-B" l < 0.20mm

b. Open Menu(S), TAG B "H.S.CONVER" , and adjusted so that misconvergence of the horizontal direction may become the minimum in G of the Fig.10-7 and H and the l point.

Open Menu(S), TAG B "V.S.CONVER", and adjusted so that misconvergence of the vertical direction may become the minimum.

But, the revision span of "H.S.CONVER" and "V.S.CONVER" is made 69-187.

ＲＢＲＢ

Ｂ

Ｒ

Ｂ

Ｒ

H.S.CONVER

V.S.CONVER

Fig 10-1 The move of the R line and the B line when "H.S./V.S. CONVER" was moved in the + direction.

5-41

c. Open Menu(S), TAG C "H.CONVER SAW T", and adjusted so that misconvergence of the horizontal direction may become the minimum in D of the Fig 10-7 and E and F point. Open Menu(S), TAG C

"V.CONVER SAW T", and adjusted so that misconvergence of the vertical direction may become the minimum.

ＲＢＲＢ

Ｂ

Ｒ

H.CONVER SAW T V.CONVER SAW T

Fig 10-2 The move of the R line and the B line when "H./V. CONVER SAW T" was moved in the + direction.

d. Open Menu(S), TAG C "H.CONVER PARA T", and adjusted so that misconvergence of the horizontal direction may become the minimum in A of the Fig 10-7 and B and Cpoint. Open Menu(S), TAG C

"V.CONVER PARA T", and adjusted so that misconvergence of the vertical direction may become minimum.

ＲＢＲＢ

Ｂ

Ｒ

H.CONVER PARA T V.CONVER PARA T

Fig 10-3 The move of the R line and the B line when "./V. CONVER PARA T"was moved in the + direction.

e. Open Menu(S), TAG C "H.CONVER SAW B", and adjusted so that misconvergence of the horizontal direction may become the minimum in J of the Fig 10-7 and K and L point. Open Menu(S), TAG C

"V.CONVER SAW B", and adjusted so that misconvergence of the vertical direction may become minimum.

Ｂ

Ｒ

ＲＢＲＢ

H.CONVER SAW B V.CONVER SAW B

Fig 10-4 The move of the R line and the B line when "H./V. CONVER SAW B" was moved in the + direction.

5-42

f. Open Menu(S), TAG C "H.CONVER PARA B", and adjusted so that misconvergence of the horizontal direction may become the minimum in M of the Fig 10-7 and N and O point. Open Menu(S), TAG C

"V.CONVER PARA B", and adjusted so that misconvergence of the vertical direction may become minimum.

Ｂ

Ｒ

ＲＢＲＢ

H.CONVER PARA B V.CONVER PARA B

Fig 10-5 The move of the R line and the B line when "H./V. CONVER PARA B" was moved in the + direction.

3) Measure misconvergence, by using following standards mentioned below.

Adjusted to satisfy the standard of the Xv revision Coil on DY, XH slider ,Blue-BOW revision ring, 6-pole magnets on the CPM, spoiler magnet.

* The installation lie of each VR and slider is shown in the Fig. 10-8,and actuation is shown in the Fig.10-9.

* There is a deflecting yoke in a point to install the XH slider from side to side to side.

When it was imported in the left viewed from the screen side, Demonstrated in Fig.10-9-c.

When it was imported in the right viewed from the screen side, Demonstrated in Fig.10-9-d.

The value of standards : x , y

≤≤≤≤

0.30mm

X

V

-COIL

TRD(LR)

Y h

4-pole magnets

6-pole magnets

Fig 10-4 The location of the VR. and Coil and magnets

5-43

297

±

1.0

mm

Y

X

396

±

1.0mm

Fig.10-6 The value of Convergence

1 9 17

1

A B C

4

D E F

7

G H I

10

13

J K L

M N O

Fig.10-7 Adjustment position of Convergence

5-44

Y

H

Y

v

X

V

-COIL

Fig.10-8 The location of the deflecting yoke on the revision VR, Coil, the slider.

5-45

B

R a

B R R B

Xv-Coil

R

B b

R B B R c

X

H

-Slider d

B

R

R

B e

Blue Bow Rings f

Fig. 10-9 The move of the R line and the B line by the revision VR, Coil, the slider.

5-46

11. Auto Adjustment Signal: No. 3 (VGA480) All White

Signal: No. 23 (1600*1200@85Hz) All White

When this adjustment is done, picture size, linearity, picture position, picture deformation, video adjustment are to be finished.

1) Receive signal 3 (VGA480) All White, and confirm that the picture size and picture position is as follows.

Open Menu (S), TAG D "AUTO ADJUT L", and push "Proceed" SW (Adjustment data is written in the

Monitor at this time).

2) Receive signal 23 (1600*1200@85Hz) All White, and confirm that the picture size and picture position is as follows.

Open Menu (S), TAG D "AUTO ADJUT H", and push "Proceed" SW (Adjustment data is written in the

Monitor at this time).

Picture size H: 396

±

1mm

V: 297

±

1mm

Picture position H: | Xleft - Xright |

≤

1.0mm

V: | Xtop - Xbottom |

≤

1.0mm

12. Factory settings for shipping

1) Open MENU(S) ,TAG D), and “destination” set following

A Ver :USA

B Ver :EUR

2) OPEN MENU(S) ,TAG D), and “HOURS READ” set “NO”.

Press “EXIT” switch two times.

3) Make sure that the LED is Green when the unit receive Signal (Make sure that come out of the MENU(S))

4) Open MENU(U) ,TAG5) "TOOL1”, and move highlighted bar to "FACTORY PRESET" and press the

RESET switch. Then press the PROCEED switch.

5) OSM

Open MENU(U) and make sure that the display of the third item is as follows.

TOOL2-LANGUAGE : ENGLISH

TOOL2-IPM

TOOL2-EDGE LOCK

:“IPM OFF MODE” ENABLE

:”1”

6) BNC/D-SUB switch

7) POWER switch

: D-SUB

: OFF

5-47

[D] Reference

1. Adjustment Signal

NO.

Signal Name SYNC Form SYNC Polarity (H/V)

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

20

21

22

23

25

16

17

18

19

12

13

14

15

8

9

10

11

4

5

6

7

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 VGA 350 Separate Pos/Neg

2

3

VGA 400

VGA 480

Separate

Separate

Neg/Pos

Neg/Neg

640*400@70Hz

800*600@60Hz

MAC 640*480

VESA 350@85Hz

Separate

Separate

Composite + Sync on G

Separate

Neg/Neg

Pos/Pos

Neg/Neg

Pos/Neg

VESA 400@85Hz

VESA 640*480@75Hz

XGA

VESA 800*600@75Hz

VESA 640*480@85Hz

MAC 832*624

800*600@85Hz

1024*768@70Hz

Separate

Separate

Separate

Separate

Separate


Separate

Separate

Neg/Pos

Neg/Neg

Pos/Pos

Pos/Pos

Neg/Neg

Neg/Neg

Pos/Pos

Neg/Neg

1280*1024@60Hz

1024*768@75Hz

MAC 1152*870

1024*768@85Hz

1280*1024@70Hz

1280*1024@75Hz

1600*1200@75Hz

1600*1200@85Hz

H.HOLD1

Separate

Separate


Separate

Sync on G

Separate

Separate

Separate

Composite

Pos/Pos

Pos/Pos

Neg/Neg

Pos/Pos

Pos/Pos

Pos/Pos

Pos/Pos

Pos/Pos *1

H.HOLD2(115K)

V.MAX

V.RASTER

EDID

1600*1200@60Hz

1280*1024@85Hz

788*1200@75Hz

Separate

Separate

Separate

Separate

Separate

Separate

Separate

Pos/Pos *1

Neg/Neg

Pos/Pos

Neg/Neg

Pos/Pos

Pos/Pos

Pos/Pos

5-48

USER12

USER13

USER14

USER15

USER16

USER17

USER18

USER19

USER20

USER21

USER22

USER23

USER24

USER26

NO.

Signal Name SYNC Form SYNC Polarity (H/V)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

USER1 PC98 1120*750(1) Separate Pos/Pos

USER2

USER3

VESA 800*600@56Hz

VESA 1024*768@60Hz

Separate

Separate

Pos/Pos

Neg/Neg

USER4

USER5

USER6

USER7

USER8

USER9

USER10

USER11

VESA 800*600@72Hz

1120*750@60Hz

640*480@100Hz

XGA-2 1024*768@72Hz

1024*768@80Hz

800*600@100Hz

640*480@120Hz

640*480@140Hz

Separate

Separate

Separate

Separate

Separate

Separate

Separate

Separate

Pos/Pos

Neg/Neg

Neg/Neg

Neg/Neg

Pos/Pos

Pos/Pos

Neg/Neg

Neg/Neg

VESA 1600*1200@60Hz Separate

VESA 1152*864@85Hz Separate

1024*768@100Hz

800*600@120Hz

Separate

Separate

640*480@160Hz

VESA1920*1440@60Hz

1600*1200@70Hz

1280*1024@85Hz

800*600@140Hz

VESA1792*1344@75Hz

VESA1600*1200@80Hz

1024*768@120Hz

800*600@160Hz

VESA1920*1440@75Hz

Separate

Separate

Separate

Separate

Separate

Separate

Separate

Separate

Separate

Separate

Pos/Pos

Pos/Pos

Pos/Pos

Pos/Pos

Neg/Neg

Neg/Pos

Pos/Pos

Pos/Pos

Pos/Pos

Neg/Pos

Pos/Pos

Pos/Pos

Pos/Pos

Neg/Pos

*1 When an approximate value is utilized because it is impossible to output the exact fH from the signal generator

On the 31kHz side, utilize the highest frequency signal that satisfies fH

≤

31.0kHz.

On the 115kHz side, utilize the lowest frequency signal that satisfies fH

≥

115kHz. (Tolerance must be within 50Hz.) being used:

*2 Supply the sync signals output from the signal generator as follows:

H/V Composite : Supply to the set undergoing adjustment

V. SYNC only : Supply to the CA-100 color analyzer.

*3 The crosshatch pattern shall have 17 vertical lines and 13 horizontal lines.

5-49

2. Timing of Adjustment Signal

Signal Timing Charts

SEPARATE SYNC

VIDEO

HORIZONTAL C D E

B

A

VIDEO

VERTICAL Q R S

P

O

Sync Polarity: Positive/Negative

COMPOSITE SYNC

VIDEO

HORIZONTAL C D E

B

A

VIDEO

VERTICAL Q R S

P

O

Sync Polarity: Positive/Negative

A: H.Total Time

B: H.Sync Time

C: H.Back Porch

D: H.Addr Time

E: H.Front Porch

O: V.Total Time

P: V.Sync Time

Q: V.Back Porch

R: V.Addr Time

S: V.Front Porch

5-50

TIMING NAME

Pixel Clock

H.Frequency

V.Frequency

H.Tortal Time

H.Addr Time

H.Blank Time

H.Front Porch

H.Sync Time

H.Back Porch

V.Tortal Time

V.Addr Time

V.Blank Time

V.Front Porch

V.Sync Time

V.Back Porch

Scan Type

H.Sync Polarity

V.Sync Polarity

TIMING NAME

Pixel Clock

H.Frequency

V.Frequency

H.Tortal Time

H.Addr Time

H.Blank Time

H.Front Porch

H.Sync Time

H.Back Porch

V.Tortal Time

V.Addr Time

V.Blank Time

V.Front Porch

V.Sync Time

V.Back Porch

Scan Type

H.Sync Polarity

V.Sync Polarity

1 VGA350

900 [dots]

720 [dots]

180 [dots]

18 [dots]

108 [dots]

54 [dots]

449 [lines]

350 [lines]

99 [lines]

37 [lines]

2 [lines]

60 [lines]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Negative

Separate

28.322[MHz]

31.469[kHz]

70.086[Hz]

31.778 [us]

25.778 [us]

6.356 [us]

0.636 [us]

3.813 [us]

1.907 [us]

14.268 [ms]

11.122 [ms]

3.146 [ms]

1.176 [ms]

0.064 [ms]

1.907 [ms]

6 MAC640*480

30.240[MHz]

35.000[kHz]

66.667[Hz]

864 [dots]

640 [dots]

224 [dots]

64 [dots]

64 [dots]

96 [dots]

525 [lines]

28.571 [us]

21.164 [us]

7.407 [us]

2.116 [us]

2.116 [us]

3.175 [us]

15.000 [ms]

480 [lines]

45 [lines]

3 [lines]

13.714 [ms]

1.286 [ms]

0.086 [ms]

3 [lines]

39 [lines]

0.086 [ms]

1.114 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Negative

Negative

Composite + Sync On G

2 VGA400

900 [dots]

720 [dots]

180 [dots]

18 [dots]

108 [dots]

54 [dots]

449 [lines]

400 [lines]

49 [lines]

12 [lines]

2 [lines]

35 [lines]

Non-interlaced

Negative

Positive

Separate

28.322[MHz]

31.469[kHz]

70.087[Hz]

31.777 [us]

25.422 [us]

6.355 [us]

0.636 [us]

3.813 [us]

1.907 [us]

14.268 [ms]

12.711 [ms]

1.557 [ms]

0.381 [ms]

0.064 [ms]

1.112 [ms]

7 VESA640*350@85Hz

31.500[MHz]

37.861[kHz]

85.080[Hz]

832 [dots]

640 [dots]

192 [dots]

32 [dots]

64 [dots]

96 [dots]

445 [lines]

26.413 [us]

20.317 [us]

6.095 [us]

1.016 [us]

2.032 [us]

3.048 [us]

11.754 [ms]

350 [lines]

95 [lines]

32 [lines]

9.244 [ms]

2.509 [ms]

0.845 [ms]

3 [lines]

60 [lines]

0.079 [ms]

1.585 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Negative

Separate

3 VGA480

800 [dots]

640 [dots]

160 [dots]

16 [dots]

96 [dots]

48 [dots]

525 [lines]

480 [lines]

45 [lines]

10 [lines]

2 [lines]

33 [lines]

Non-interlaced

Negative

Negative

Separate

25.175[MHz]

31.469[kHz]

59.940[Hz]

31.778 [us]

25.422 [us]

6.356 [us]

0.636 [us]

3.813 [us]

1.907 [us]

16.683 [ms]

15.253 [ms]

1.430 [ms]

0.318 [ms]

0.064 [ms]

1.049 [ms]

8 VESA640*400@85Hz

31.500[MHz]

37.861[kHz]

85.080[Hz]

832 [dots]

640 [dots]

192 [dots]

32 [dots]

64 [dots]

96 [dots]

445 [lines]

26.413 [us]

20.317 [us]

6.095 [us]

1.016 [us]

2.032 [us]

3.048 [us]

11.754 [ms]

400 [lines]

45 [lines]

1 [lines]

10.565 [ms]

1.189 [ms]

0.026 [ms]

3 [lines]

41 [lines]

0.079 [ms]

1.083 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Negative

Positive

Separate

4 640*400@70Hz

800 [dots]

640 [dots]

160 [dots]

17 [dots]

64 [dots]

79 [dots]

449 [lines]

400 [lines]

49 [lines]

13 [lines]

2 [lines]

34 [lines]

Non-interlaced

Negative

Negative

Separate

25.175[MHz]

31.467[kHz]

70.086[Hz]

31.778 [us]

25.422 [us]

6.356 [us]

0.675 [us]

2.542 [us]

3.138 [us]

14.268 [ms]

12.711 [ms]

1.557 [ms]

0.413 [ms]

0.064 [ms]

1.080 [ms]

9 VESA640*480@75Hz

31.500[MHz]

37.500[kHz]

75.000[Hz]

840 [dots]

640 [dots]

200 [dots]

16 [dots]

64 [dots]

120 [dots]

500 [lines]

26.667 [us]

20.317 [us]

6.349 [us]

0.508 [us]

2.032 [us]

3.810 [us]

13.333 [ms]

480 [lines]

20 [lines]

1 [lines]

12.800 [ms]

0.533 [ms]

0.027 [ms]

3 [lines]

16 [lines]

0.080 [ms]

0.427 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Negative

Negative

Separate

5 800*600@60

1056 [dots]

800 [dots]

256 [dots]

40 [dots]

128 [dots]

88 [dots]

628 [lines]

600 [lines]

28 [lines]

1 [lines]

4 [lines]

23 [lines]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Positive

Separate

40.000[MHz]

37.879[kHz]

60.317[Hz]

26.400 [us]

20.000 [us]

6.400 [us]

1.000 [us]

3.200 [us]

2.200 [us]

16.579 [ms]

15.840 [ms]

0.739 [ms]

0.026 [ms]

0.106 [ms]

0.607 [ms]

10 XGA

44.900[MHz]

35.522[kHz]

87.064[Hz]

1264 [dots]

1024 [dots]

240 [dots]

8 [dots]

176 [dots]

56 [dots]

408 [lines]

29.577 [us]

22.806 [us]

6.771 [us]

0.535 [us]

3.029 [us]

3.207 [us]

23.839 [ms]

384 [lines]

24 [lines]

0 [lines]

22.715 [ms]

1.124 [ms]

0.089 [ms]

4 [lines]

20 [lines]

Interlaced

0.177 [ms]

0.858 [ms]

Positive

Positive

Separate

5-51

TIMING NAME

Pixel Clock

H.Frequency

V.Frequency

H.Tortal Time

H.Addr Time

H.Blank Time

H.Front Porch

H.Sync Time

H.Back Porch

V.Tortal Time

V.Addr Time

V.Blank Time

V.Front Porch

V.Sync Time

V.Back Porch

Scan Type

H.Sync Polarily

V.Sync Polarily

11 VESA800*600@75Hz

1056 [dots]

800 [dots]

256 [dots]

16 [dots]

80 [dots]

160 [dots]

625 [lines]

600 [lines]

25 [lines]

1 [lines]

3 [lines]

21 [lines]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Positive

Separate

49.500[MHz]

46.875[kHz]

75.000[Hz]

21.333 [us]

16.162 [us]

5.172 [us]

0.323 [us]

1.616 [us]

3.232 [us]

13.333 [ms]

12.800 [ms]

0.533 [ms]

0.021 [ms]

0.064 [ms]

0.448 [ms]

12 VESA640*480@85Hz

832 [dots]

640 [dots]

192 [dots]

56 [dots]

56 [dots]

80 [dots]

509 [lines]

480 [lines]

29 [lines]

1 [lines]

3 [lines]

25 [lines]

Non-interlaced

Negative

Negative

Separate

36.000[MHz]

43.296[kHz]

85.008[Hz]

23.111 [us]

17.778 [us]

5.333 [us]

1.556 [us]

1.556 [us]

2.222 [us]

11.764 [ms]

11.093 [ms]

0.670 [ms]

0.023 [ms]

0.069 [ms]

0.578 [ms]

TIMING NAME 16 VESA1280*1024@60Hz 17 VESA1024*768@75Hz

Pixel Clock

H.Frequency

V.Frequency

108.00[MHz]

63.981[kHz]

60.020[Hz]

78.750[MHz]

60.023[kHz]

75.029[Hz]

H.Tortal Time

H.Addr Time

H.Blank Time

H.Front Porch

H.Sync Time

H.Back Porch

V.Tortal Time

V.Addr Time

V.Blank Time

V.Front Porch

V.Sync Time

V.Back Porch

Scan Type

H.Sync Polarily

V.Sync Polarily

1688 [dots]

1280 [dots]

408 [dots]

48 [dots]

112 [dots]

248 [dots]

1066 [lines]

1024 [lines]

42 [lines]

1 [lines]

3.778 [us]

0.444 [us]

1.037 [us]

2.296 [us]

16.661 [ms]

16.005 [ms]

3 [lines]

38 [lines]

0.047 [ms]

0.594 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Positive

15.630 [us]

11.582 [us]

0.656 [ms]

0.016 [ms]

Separate

1312 [dots]

1024 [dots]

288 [dots]

16 [dots]

96 [dots]

176 [dots]

800 [lines]

768 [lines]

32 [lines]

1 [lines]

16.660 [us]

13.003 [us]

3.657 [us]

0.203 [us]

1.219 [us]

2.235 [us]

13.328 [ms]

12.795 [ms]

0.533 [ms]

0.017 [ms]

3 [lines]

28 [lines]

0.050 [ms]

0.466 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Positive

Separate

13 MAC832*624

1152 [dots]

832 [dots]

320 [dots]

32 [dots]

64 [dots]

224 [dots]

667 [lines]

624 [lines]

43 [lines]

1 [lines]

3 [lines]

39 [lines]

57.283[MHz]

49.725[kHz]

74.550[Hz]

20.111 [us]

14.524 [us]

5.586 [us]

0.559 [us]

1.117 [us]

3.910 [us]

13.414 [ms]

12.549 [ms]

0.865 [ms]

0.020 [ms]

0.060 [ms]

0.784 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Negative

Negative


18 MAC1152*870

100.00[MHz]

68.681[kHz]

75.062[Hz]

1456 [dots]

1152 [dots]

304 [dots]

32 [dots]

128 [dots]

144 [dots]

915 [lines]

14.560 [us]

11.520 [us]

3.040 [us]

0.320 [us]

1.280 [us]

1.440 [us]

13.322 [ms]

870 [lines]

45 [lines]

3 [lines]

12.667 [ms]

0.655 [ms]

0.044 [ms]

3 [lines]

39 [lines]

0.044 [ms]

0.568 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Negative

Negative


14 VESA800*600@85Hz

1048 [dots]

800 [dots]

248 [dots]

32 [dots]

64 [dots]

152 [dots]

631 [lines]

600 [lines]

31 [lines]

1 [lines]

3 [lines]

27 [lines]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Positive

Separate

56.250[MHz]

53.674[kHz]

85.061[Hz]

18.631 [us]

14.222 [us]

4.409 [us]

0.569 [us]

1.138 [us]

2.702 [us]

11.756 [ms]

11.179 [ms]

0.578 [ms]

0.019 [ms]

0.056 [ms]

0.503 [ms]

19 VESA1024*768@85Hz

94.500[MHz]

68.677[kHz]

84.997[Hz]

1376 [dots]

1024 [dots]

352 [dots]

48 [dots]

96 [dots]

208 [dots]

808 [lines]

14.561 [us]

10.836 [us]

3.725 [us]

0.508 [us]

1.016 [us]

2.201 [us]

11.765 [ms]

768 [lines]

40 [lines]

1 [lines]

11.183 [ms]

0.582 [ms]

0.015 [ms]

3 [lines]

36 [lines]

0.044 [ms]

0.524 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Positive

Separate

15 VESA1024*768@70Hz

1328 [dots]

1024 [dots]

304 [dots]

24 [dots]

136 [dots]

144 [dots]

806 [lines]

768 [lines]

38 [lines]

3 [lines]

6 [lines]

29 [lines]

Non-interlaced

Negative

Negative

Separate

75.000[MHz]

56.476[kHz]

70.069[Hz]

17.707 [us]

13.653 [us]

4.053 [us]

0.320 [us]

1.813 [us]

1.920 [us]

14.272 [ms]

13.599 [ms]

0.673 [ms]

0.053 [ms]

0.106 [ms]

0.513 [ms]

20 1280*1024@70Hz

127.000[MHz]

74.970[kHz]

69.870[Hz]

1694 [dots]

1280 [dots]

414 [dots]

30 [dots]

160 [dots]

224 [dots]

1073 [lines]

29.577 [us]

22.806 [us]

6.771 [us]

0.535 [us]

3.029 [us]

3.207 [us]

14.312 [ms]

1024 [lines]

48 [lines]

3 [lines]

13.659 [ms]

0.654 [ms]

0.040 [ms]

4 [lines]

42 [lines]

0.053 [ms]

0.560 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Negative

Negative

Sync On G

5-52

TIMING NAME 21 VESA1280*1024@75Hz 22 VESA1600*1200@75Hz 23 VESA1600*1200@85Hz 24 VESA1920*1440@75Hz

Pixel Clock

H.Frequency

V.Frequency

H.Tortal Time

H.Addr Time

H.Blank Time

H.Front Porch

H.Sync Time

H.Back Porch

V.Tortal Time

V.Addr Time

V.Blank Time

V.Front Porch

V.Sync Time

V.Back Porch

Scan Type

H.Sync Polarity

V.Sync Polarity

1688 [dots]

1280 [dots]

408 [dots]

16 [dots]

144 [dots]

248 [dots]

1066 [lines]

1024 [lines]

42 [lines]

1 [lines]

3 [lines]

38 [lines]

135.000[MHz]

79.976[kHz]

75.025[Hz]

12.504 [us]

9.481 [us]

3.022 [us]

0.119 [us]

1.067 [us]

1.837 [us]

13.329 [ms]

12.804 [ms]

0.525 [ms]

0.013 [ms]

0.038 [ms]

0.475 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Positive

Separate

2160 [dots]

1600 [dots]

560 [dots]

64 [dots]

192 [dots]

304 [dots]

1250 [lines]

1200 [lines]

50 [lines]

1 [lines]

3 [lines]

46 [lines]

202.500[MHz]

93.750[kHz]

75.000[Hz]

10.667 [us]

7.901 [us]

2.765 [us]

0.316 [us]

0.948 [us]

1.501 [us]

13.333 [ms]

12.800 [ms]

0.533 [ms]

0.011 [ms]

0.032 [ms]

0.491 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Positive

Separate

2160 [dots]

1600 [dots]

560 [dots]

64 [dots]

192 [dots]

304 [dots]

1250 [lines]

1200 [lines]

50 [lines]

1 [lines]

3 [lines]

46 [lines]

229.500[MHz]

106.250[kHz]

85.000[Hz]

9.412 [us]

6.972 [us]

2.440 [us]

0.279 [us]

0.837 [us]

1.325 [us]

11.765 [ms]

11.294 [ms]

0.471 [ms]

0.009 [ms]

0.028 [ms]

0.433 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Positive

Separate

2640 [dots]

1920 [dots]

720 [dots]

144 [dots]

224 [dots]

352 [dots]

1500 [lines]

1440 [lines]

60 [lines]

1 [lines]

3 [lines]

56 [lines]

297.000[MHz]

112.500[kHz]

75.000[Hz]

8.889 [us]

6.465 [us]

2.424 [us]

0.485 [us]

0.754 [us]

1.185 [us]

13.333 [ms]

12.800 [ms]

0.533 [ms]

0.009 [ms]

0.027 [ms]

0.498 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Negative

Positive

Separate

TIMING NAME

Pixel Clock

H.Frequency

V.Frequency

H.Tortal Time

H.Addr Time

H.Blank Time

H.Front Porch

H.Sync Time

H.Back Porch

V.Tortal Time

V.Addr Time

V.Blank Time

V.Front Porch

V.Sync Time

V.Back Porch

Scan Type

H.Sync Polarity

V.Sync Polarity

26 H.HOLD2(110K)

237.600[MHz]

110.000[kHz]

160.000[Hz]

2160 [dots]

1600 [dots]

560 [dots]

64 [dots]

192 [dots]

309 [dots]

687 [lines]

9.091 [us]

6.734 [us]

2.357 [us]

0.269 [us]

0.808 [us]

1.280 [us]

6.250 [ms]

660 [lines]

27 [lines]

1 [lines]

6.000 [ms]

0.250 [ms]

0.013 [ms]

4 [lines]

22 [lines]

0.038 [ms]

0.200 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Positive

Separate

27 H.HOLD2(115K)

142.140[MHz]

115.000[kHz]

160.000[Hz]

1236 [dots]

900 [dots]

336 [dots]

68 [dots]

100 [dots]

168 [dots]

718 [lines]

8.695 [us]

6.332 [us]

2.364 [us]

0.478 [us]

0.704 [us]

1.182 [us]

6.250 [ms]

690 [lines]

28 [lines]

1 [lines]

6.000 [ms]

0.250 [ms]

0.013 [ms]

4 [lines]

23 [lines]

0.038 [ms]

0.200 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Positive

Separate

28 V.MAX

84.500[MHz]

65.000[kHz]

80.65[Hz]

1300 [dots]

1024 [dots]

276 [dots]

24 [dots]

92 [dots]

160 [dots]

806 [lines]

15.38 [us]

12.12 [us]

3.26 [us]

0.28 [us]

1.09 [us]

1.89 [us]

12.4 [ms]

596 [lines]

210 [lines]

89 [lines]

9.169 [ms]

3.231 [ms]

1.343 [ms]

6 [lines]

115 [lines]

0.092 [ms]

1.796 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Negative

Negative

Separate

29 V.RASTER

78.750[MHz]

60.023[kHz]

75.029[Hz]

1328 [dots]

1024 [dots]

288 [dots]

16 [dots]

96 [dots]

176 [dots]

800 [lines]

16.66 [us]

13.003 [us]

33.657 [us]

0.203 [us]

1.219 [us]

2.235 [us]

13.328 [ms]

788 [lines]

13 [lines]

0 [lines]

13.128 [ms]

0.217 [ms]

0 [ms]

3 [lines]

9 [lines]

0.05 [ms]

0.150 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Positive

Separate

25 H.HOLD1

900 [dots]

720 [dots]

180 [dots]

18 [dots]

108 [dots]

54 [dots]

564 [lines]

428 [lines]

136 [lines]

52 [lines]

2 [lines]

82 [lines]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Positive

Composit

27.900[MHz]

31.000[kHz]

54.963[Hz]

32.260 [us]

25.810 [us]

6.450 [us]

0.640 [us]

3.870 [us]

1.940 [us]

18.194 [ms]

13.807 [ms]

4.387 [ms]

1.677 [ms]

0.065 [ms]

2.645 [ms]

30 EDID

28.322[MHz]

31.463[kHz]

42.01[Hz]

900 [dots]

720 [dots]

180 [dots]

18 [dots]

108 [dots]

54 [dots]

749 [lines]

31.777 [us]

25.422 [us]

6.36 [us]

0.636 [us]

3.813 [us]

1.907 [us]

23.8 [ms]

685 [lines]

64 [lines]

14 [lines]

21.767 [ms]

2.034 [ms]

0.445 [ms]

3 [lines]

47 [lines]

0.095 [ms]

1.494 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Negative

Negative

Separate

5-53

TIMING NAME 31 VESA1600*1200@60Hz 32 VESA1280*1024@85Hz

Pixel Clock

H.Frequency

V.Frequency

H.Tortal Time

H.Addr Time

H.Blank Time

H.Front Porch

H.Sync Time

H.Back Porch

V.Tortal Time

V.Addr Time

V.Blank Time

V.Front Porch

V.Sync Time

V.Back Porch

Scan Type

H.Sync Polarily

V.Sync Polarily

2160 [dots]

1600 [dots]

560 [dots]

64 [dots]

192 [dots]

304 [dots]

1250 [lines]

1200 [lines]

50 [lines]

1 [lines]

3 [lines]

46 [lines]

162.000 [MHz]

75.000 [kHz]

60.000 [Hz]

13.333 [us]

9.877 [us]

3.457 [us]

0.395 [us]

1.185 [us]

1.877 [us]

16.667 [ms]

16.000 [ms]

0.667 [ms]

0.013 [ms]

0.040 [ms]

0.613 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Positive

Separate

1728 [dots]

1280 [dots]

448 [dots]

64 [dots]

160 [dots]

224 [dots]

1072 [lines]

1024 [lines]

48 [lines]

1 [lines]

3 [lines]

44 [lines]

157.500[MHz]

91.146[kHz]

85.024[Hz]

10.971 [us]

8.127 [us]

2.844 [us]

0.406 [us]

1.016 [us]

1.422 [us]

11.761 [ms]

11.235 [ms]

0.527 [ms]

0.011 [ms]

0.033 [ms]

0.483 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Positive

Separate

TIMING NAME

Pixel Clock

H.Frequency

V.Frequency

H.Tortal Time

H.Addr Time

H.Blank Time

H.Front Porch

H.Sync Time

H.Back Porch

V.Tortal Time

V.Addr Time

V.Blank Time

V.Front Porch

V.Sync Time

V.Back Porch

Scan Type

H.Sync Polarily

V.Sync Polarily

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[MHz]

[kHz

[Hz]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[MHz]

[kHz]

[Hz]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

33 788*1200@75

1066 [dots]

788 [dots]

278 [dots]

34 [dots]

94 [dots]

150 [dots]

1250 [lines]

1200 [lines]

50 [lines]

1 [lines]

3 [lines]

46 [lines]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Positive

Separate

99.900[MHz]

93.720[kHz]

74.980[Hz]

10.670 [us]

7.890 [us]

2.780 [us]

0.340 [us]

0.940 [us]

1.500 [us]

11.337 [ms]

12.804 [ms]

0.533 [ms]

0.010 [ms]

0.032 [ms]

0.491 [ms]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[MHz]

[kHz]

[Hz]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

34 812*1024@85

1096 [dots]

812 [dots]

284 [dots]

40 [dots]

102 [dots]

142 [dots]

1072 [lines]

1024 [lines]

48 [lines]

1 [lines]

3 [lines]

44 [lines]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Positive

Separate

99.900[MHz]

91.160[kHz]

85.040[Hz]

10.970 [us]

8.120 [us]

2.850 [us]

0.410 [us]

1.020 [us]

1.420 [us]

11.760 [ms]

11.233 [ms]

0.527 [ms]

0.011 [ms]

0.033 [ms]

0.483 [ms]

35 H.SIZE

2160 [dots]

1520 [dots]

640 [dots]

104 [dots]

192 [dots]

344 [dots]

1250 [lines]

1200 [lines]

50 [lines]

1 [lines]

3 [lines]

46 [lines]

229.500[MHz]

106.250[kHz]

85.000[Hz]

9.412 [us]

6.623 [us]

2.789 [us]

0.454 [us]

0.837 [us]

1.500 [us]

11.765 [ms]

11.294 [ms]

0.471 [ms]

0.009 [ms]

0.028 [ms]

0.433 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Positive

Separate

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[MHz]

[kHz]

[Hz]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[MHz]

[kHz]

[Hz]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

5-54

TIMING NAME

Pixel Clock

H.Frequency

V.Frequency

H.Tortal Time

H.Addr Time

H.Blank Time

H.Front Porch

H.Sync Time

H.Back Porch

V.Tortal Time

V.Addr Time

V.Blank Time

V.Front Porch

V.Sync Time

V.Back Porch

Scan Type

H.Sync Polarily

V.Sync Polarily

TIMING NAME

Pixel Clock

H.Frequency

V.Frequency

H.Tortal Time

H.Addr Time

H.Blank Time

H.Front Porch

H.Sync Time

H.Back Porch

V.Tortal Time

V.Addr Time

V.Blank Time

V.Front Porch

V.Sync Time

V.Back Porch

Scan Type

H.Sync Polarily

V.Sync Polarily

USER1

PC98 1120*750(I)

1456 [dots]

1120 [dots]

336 [dots]

112 [dots]

84 [dots]

140 [dots]

416 [lines]

375.5 [lines]

40.5 [lines]

9 [lines]

5 [lines]

26.5 [lines] interlaced

Positive

Positive

Separate

47.846[MHz]

32.861[kHz]

78.993[Hz]

30.431 [us]

23.408 [us]

7.023 [us]

2.341 [us]

1.756 [us]

2.926 [us]

12.659 [ms]

11.427 [ms]

1.232 [ms]

0.274 [ms]

0.152 [ms]

0.806 [ms]

USER6

640*480@100Hz

42.000[MHz]

50.000[kHz]

100.000[Hz]

840 [dots]

640 [dots]

200 [dots]

16 [dots]

64 [dots]

120 [dots]

20.000 [us]

15.240 [us]

4.760 [us]

0.380 [us]

1.520 [us]

2.860 [us]

500 [lines]

480 [lines]

20 [lines]

1 [lines]

10.000 [ms]

9.600 [ms]

0.400 [ms]

0.020 [ms]

3 [lines]

16 [lines]

0.060 [ms]

0.320 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Negative

Negative

Separate

USER2

VESA800*600@56Hz

1024 [dots]

800 [dots]

224 [dots]

24 [dots]

72 [dots]

128 [dots]

625 [lines]

600 [lines]

25 [lines]

1 [lines]

2 [lines]

22 [lines]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Positive

Separate

36.000[MHz]

35.156[kHz]

56.250[Hz]

28.444 [us]

22.222 [us]

6.222 [us]

0.667 [us]

2.000 [us]

3.556 [us]

17.778 [ms]

17.067 [ms]

0.711 [ms]

0.028 [ms]

0.057 [ms]

0.626 [ms]

USER7

XGA-2 1024*768@72Hz

79.000[MHz]

58.088[kHz]

71.980[Hz]

1360 [dots]

1024 [dots]

336 [dots]

8 [dots]

288 [dots]

40 [dots]

17.215 [us]

12.962 [us]

4.253 [us]

0.101 [us]

3.646 [us]

0.506 [us]

807 [lines]

768 [lines]

39 [lines]

0 [lines]

13.893 [ms]

13.221 [ms]

0.671 [ms]

0.000 [ms]

8 [lines]

31 [lines]

0.138 [ms]

0.534 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Negative

Negative

Separate

USER3

VESA1024*768@60Hz

1344 [dots]

1024 [dots]

320 [dots]

24 [dots]

136 [dots]

160 [dots]

806 [lines]

768 [lines]

38 [lines]

3 [lines]

6 [lines]

29 [lines]

Non-interlaced

Negative

Negative

Separate

65.000[MHz]

48.363[kHz]

60.004[Hz]

20.677 [us]

15.754 [us]

4.923 [us]

0.369 [us]

2.092 [us]

2.462 [us]

16.666 [ms]

15.88 [ms]

0.786 [ms]

0.062 [ms]

0.124 [ms]

0.600 [ms]

USER8

1024*768@80Hz

88.504[MHz]

64.320[kHz]

80.000[Hz]

1376 [dots]

1024 [dots]

352 [dots]

64 [dots]

112 [dots]

176 [dots]

15.547 [us]

11.570 [us]

3.977 [us]

0.723 [us]

1.265 [us]

1.989 [us]

804 [lines]

768 [lines]

36 [lines]

1 [lines]

12.500 [ms]

11.940 [ms]

0.560 [ms]

0.016 [ms]

3 [lines]

32 [lines]

0.047 [ms]

0.498 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Positive

Separate

USER4

VESA800*600@72Hz

1040 [dots]

800 [dots]

240 [dots]

56 [dots]

120 [dots]

64 [dots]

666 [lines]

600 [lines]

66 [lines]

37 [lines]

6 [lines]

23 [lines]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Positive

Separate

50.000[MHz]

48.077[kHz]

72.188[Hz]

20.800 [us]

16.000 [us]

4.800 [us]

1.120 [us]

2.400 [us]

1.280 [us]

13.853 [ms]

12.480 [ms]

1.373 [ms]

0.770 [ms]

0.125 [ms]

0.478 [ms]

USER9

800*600@100Hz

68.179[MHz]

63.600[kHz]

100.000[Hz]

1072 [dots]

800 [dots]

272 [dots]

48 [dots]

88 [dots]

136 [dots]

15.723 [us]

11.734 [us]

3.989 [us]

0.704 [us]

1.291 [us]

1.995 [us]

636 [lines]

600 [lines]

36 [lines]

1 [lines]

10.000 [ms]

9.434 [ms]

0.566 [ms]

0.016 [ms]

3 [lines]

32 [lines]

0.047 [ms]

0.503 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Positive

Separate

USER5

1120*750@60Hz

1568 [dots]

1120 [dots]

448 [dots]

168 [dots]

112 [dots]

168 [dots]

833 [lines]

750 [lines]

83 [lines]

27 [lines]

10 [lines]

46 [lines]

Non-interlaced

Negative

Negative

Separate

78.431[MHz]

50.020[kHz]

60.048[Hz]

19.992 [us]

14.280 [us]

5.712 [us]

2.142 [us]

1.428 [us]

2.142 [us]

16.653 [ms]

14.994 [ms]

1.659 [ms]

0.540 [ms]

0.200 [ms]

0.920 [ms]

USER10

640*480@120Hz

50.400[MHz]

59.990[kHz]

119.980[Hz]

840 [dots]

640 [dots]

200 [dots]

16 [dots]

64 [dots]

120 [dots]

16.669 [us]

12.701 [us]

3.969 [us]

0.318 [us]

1.270 [us]

2.381 [us]

500 [lines]

480 [lines]

20 [lines]

1 [lines]

3 [lines]

16 [lines]

0.050 [ms]

0.267 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Negative

Negative

Separate

8.335 [ms]

8.001 [ms]

0.334 [ms]

0.017 [ms]

5-55

TIMING NAME

Pixel Clock

H.Frequency

V.Frequency

H.Tortal Time

H.Addr Time

H.Blank Time

H.Front Porch

H.Sync Time

H.Back Porch

V.Tortal Time

V.Addr Time

V.Blank Time

V.Front Porch

V.Sync Time

V.Back Porch

Scan Type

H.Sync Polarily

V.Sync Polarily

TIMING NAME

Pixel Clock

H.Frequency

V.Frequency

H.Tortal Time

H.Addr Time

H.Blank Time

H.Front Porch

H.Sync Time

H.Back Porch

V.Tortal Time

V.Addr Time

V.Blank Time

V.Front Porch

V.Sync Time

V.Back Porch

Scan Type

H.Sync Polarily

V.Sync Polarily

USER11

640*480@140Hz

840 [dots]

640 [dots]

200 [dots]

16 [dots]

64 [dots]

120 [dots]

500 [lines]

480 [lines]

20 [lines]

1 [lines]

3 [lines]

16 [lines]

Non-interlaced

Negative

Negative

Separate

58.800[MHz]

70.000[kHz]

140.000[Hz]

14.286 [us]

10.884 [us]

3.401 [us]

0.272 [us]

1.088 [us]

2.041 [us]

7.143 [ms]

6.857 [ms]

0.286 [ms]

0.014 [ms]

0.043 [ms]

0.229 [ms]

USER16

640*480@160Hz

67.200[MHz]

80.000[kHz]

160.000[Hz]

840 [dots]

640 [dots]

200 [dots]

16 [dots]

64 [dots]

120 [dots]

12.500 [us]

9.524 [us]

2.976 [us]

0.238 [us]

0.952 [us]

1.786 [us]

500 [lines]

480 [lines]

20 [lines]

1 [lines]

3 [lines]

16 [lines]

0.038 [ms]

0.200 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Negative

Negative

Separate

6.250 [ms]

6.000 [ms]

0.250 [ms]

0.013 [ms]

USER12

VESA1600*1200@60Hz

2160 [dots]

1600 [dots]

560 [dots]

64 [dots]

192 [dots]

304 [dots]

1250 [lines]

1200 [lines]

50 [lines]

1 [lines]

3 [lines]

46 [lines]

162.000[MHz]

75.000[kHz]

60.000[Hz]

13.333 [us]

9.877 [us]

3.457 [us]

0.395 [us]

1.185 [us]

1.877 [us]

16.667 [ms]

16.000 [ms]

0.667 [ms]

0.013 [ms]

0.040 [ms]

0.613 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Positive

Separate

USER17

VESA1920*1440@60Hz

234.000[MHz]

90.000[kHz]

60.000[Hz]

2600 [dots]

1920 [dots]

680 [dots]

128 [dots]

208 [dots]

344 [dots]

11.111 [us]

8.205 [us]

2.906 [us]

0.547 [us]

0.889 [us]

1.470 [us]

1500 [lines]

1440 [lines]

60 [lines]

1 [lines]

16.667 [ms]

16.000 [ms]

0.667 [ms]

0.011 [ms]

3 [lines]

56 [lines]

0.033 [ms]

0.622 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Negative

Positive

Separate

USER13

VESA1152*864@85Hz

1576 [dots]

1152 [dots]

424 [dots]

64 [dots]

128 [dots]

232 [dots]

907 [lines]

864 [lines]

43 [lines]

1 [lines]

3 [lines]

39 [lines]

121.500[MHz]

77.094[kHz]

84.999[Hz]

12.971 [us]

9.481 [us]

3.490 [us]

0.527 [us]

1.053 [us]

1.909 [us]

11.765 [ms]

11.207 [ms]

0.558 [ms]

0.013 [ms]

0.039 [ms]

0.506 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Positive

Separate

USER18

VESA1600*1200@70Hz

189.000[MHz]

87.500[kHz]

70.000[Hz]

2160 [dots]

1600 [dots]

560 [dots]

64 [dots]

192 [dots]

304 [dots]

11.429 [us]

8.466 [us]

2.963 [us]

0.339 [us]

1.016 [us]

1.608 [us]

1250 [lines]

1200 [lines]

50 [lines]

1 [lines]

14.286 [ms]

13.714 [ms]

0.571 [ms]

0.011 [ms]

3 [lines]

46 [lines]

0.034 [ms]

0.526 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Positive

Separate

USER14

1024*768@100Hz

1344 [dots]

1024 [dots]

320 [dots]

24 [dots]

136 [dots]

160 [dots]

806 [lines]

768 [lines]

38 [lines]

3 [lines]

6 [lines]

29 [lines]

108.390[MHz]

80.647[kHz]

100.059[Hz]

12.400 [us]

9.447 [us]

2.952 [us]

0.221 [us]

1.255 [us]

1.476 [us]

9.994 [ms]

9.523 [ms]

0.471 [ms]

0.037 [ms]

0.074 [ms]

0.360 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Positive

Separate

USER19

VESA1280*1024@85Hz

157.500[MHz]

91.146[kHz]

85.024[Hz]

1728 [dots]

1280 [dots]

448 [dots]

64 [dots]

160 [dots]

224 [dots]

10.971 [us]

8.127 [us]

2.844 [us]

0.406 [us]

1.016 [us]

1.422 [us]

1072 [lines]

1024 [lines]

48 [lines]

1 [lines]

11.761 [ms]

11.235 [ms]

0.527 [ms]

0.011 [ms]

3 [lines]

44 [lines]

0.033 [ms]

0.483 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Positive

Separate

USER15

800*600@120Hz

1056 [dots]

800 [dots]

256 [dots]

32 [dots]

80 [dots]

144 [dots]

648 [lines]

600 [lines]

48 [lines]

2 [lines]

4 [lines]

42 [lines]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Positive

Separate

83.250[MHz]

78.835[kHz]

121.659[Hz]

12.685 [us]

9.610 [us]

3.075 [us]

0.384 [us]

0.961 [us]

1.730 [us]

8.220 [ms]

7.611 [ms]

0.609 [ms]

0.025 [ms]

0.051 [ms]

0.533 [ms]

USER20

800*600@140Hz

92.300[MHz]

87.488[kHz]

139.981[Hz]

1055 [dots]

799 [dots]

256 [dots]

16 [dots]

80 [dots]

160 [dots]

11.430 [us]

8.657 [us]

2.774 [us]

0.173 [us]

0.867 [us]

1.733 [us]

625 [lines]

600 [lines]

25 [lines]

1 [lines]

3 [lines]

21 [lines]

0.034 [ms]

0.240 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Positive

Separate

7.144 [ms]

6.858 [ms]

0.286 [ms]

0.011 [ms]

5-56

TIMING NAME

Pixel Clock

H.Frequency

V.Frequency

H.Tortal Time

H.Addr Time

H.Blank Time

H.Front Porch

H.Sync Time

H.Back Porch

V.Tortal Time

V.Addr Time

V.Blank Time

V.Front Porch

V.Sync Time

V.Back Porch

Scan Type

H.Sync Polarily

V.Sync Polarily

USER21

VESA1792*1344@75Hz

2456 [dots]

1792 [dots]

664 [dots]

96 [dots]

216 [dots]

352 [dots]

1417 [lines]

1344 [lines]

73 [lines]

1 [lines]

3 [lines]

69 [lines]

Non-interlaced

Negative

Positive

Separate

261.000[MHz]

106.270[kHz]

74.997[Hz]

9.410 [us]

6.866 [us]

2.544 [us]

0.368 [us]

0.828 [us]

1.349 [us]

13.334 [ms]

12.647 [ms]

0.687 [ms]

0.009 [ms]

0.028 [ms]

0.649 [ms]

USER22

VESA1600*1200@80Hz

2160 [dots]

1600 [dots]

560 [dots]

64 [dots]

192 [dots]

304 [dots]

1250 [lines]

1200 [lines]

50 [lines]

1 [lines]

3 [lines]

46 [lines]

216.000[MHz]

100.000[kHz]

80.000[Hz]

10.000 [us]

7.407 [us]

2.593 [us]

0.296 [us]

0.889 [us]

1.407 [us]

12.500 [ms]

12.000 [ms]

0.500 [ms]

0.010 [ms]

0.030 [ms]

0.460 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Positive

Separate

USER23

1024*768@120Hz

1408 [dots]

1024 [dots]

384 [dots]

80 [dots]

112 [dots]

192 [dots]

823 [lines]

768 [lines]

55 [lines]

1 [lines]

3 [lines]

51 [lines]

139.054[MHz]

98.760[kHz]

120.000[Hz]

10.126 [us]

7.364 [us]

2.762 [us]

0.575 [us]

0.805 [us]

1.381 [us]

8.333 [ms]

7.776 [ms]

0.557 [ms]

0.010 [ms]

0.030 [ms]

0.516 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Positive

Separate

TIMING NAME

Pixel Clock

H.Frequency

V.Frequency

H.Tortal Time

H.Addr Time

H.Blank Time

H.Front Porch

H.Sync Time

H.Back Porch

V.Tortal Time

V.Addr Time

V.Blank Time

V.Front Porch

V.Sync Time

V.Back Porch

Scan Type

H.Sync Polarily

V.Sync Polarily

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[MHz]

[kHz]

[Hz]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[MHz]

[kHz]

[Hz]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[MHz]

[kHz]

[Hz]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

USER24

800*600@160Hz

1104 [dots]

800 [dots]

304 [dots]

64 [dots]

88 [dots]

152 [dots]

659 [lines]

600 [lines]

59 [lines]

1 [lines]

3 [lines]

55 [lines]

116.406[MHz]

105.440[kHz]

160[Hz]

9.484 [us]

6.873 [us]

2.612 [us]

0.550 [us]

0.765 [us]

1.306 [us]

6.250 [ms]

5.690 [ms]

0.560 [ms]

0.009 [ms]

0.028 [ms]

0.522 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Positive

Positive

Separate

USER26

1920*1440@75Hz

2640 [dots]

1920 [dots]

720 [dots]

144 [dots]

224 [dots]

352 [dots]

1500 [lines]

1440 [lines]

60 [lines]

1 [lines]

3 [lines]

56 [lines]

297.000 [MHz]

112.500 [kHz]

75.000 [Hz]

8.889 [us]

6.465 [us]

2.424 [us]

0.485 [us]

0.754 [us]

1.185 [us]

13.333 [ms]

12.800 [ms]

0.533 [ms]

0.009 [ms]

0.027 [ms]

0.498 [ms]

Non-interlaced

Negative

Positive

Separate

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[MHz]

[kHz]

[Hz]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[dots]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[lines]

[MHz]

[kHz]

[Hz]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[us]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

[ms]

5-57

NOTE)

Horizontal

Use special signals when original signals can not be made by equipped signal generator. Don't use these signal timing for Focus Adjustment. (The resolution is different.)

Program No.

Original Special Original Special Original Special Original Special Original Special Original

16 16 18 18 21 21 22 22 23 23 24

Signal Name -

Resolution

Dot Clock (MHz) fh (kHz) fv (Hz)

VESA1280*

1024@60

1280*1024

108.000

63.981

60.020

-

81

63.981

60.020

MAC1152*

870

1152*870

100.000

68.681

75.062

-

75

68.681

75.062

VESA1280

*1024@75

1280*1024

135.000

79.976

75.025

-

67.5

79.976

75.025

VESA1600*

1200@75

1600*1200

202.500

93.750

75.000

-

50.625

93.750

75.000

VESA1600

*1200@85

1600*1200

229.500

106.250

85.000

-

57.375

106.250

85.000

VESA1920

*1440@75

1920*1440

297.000

112.500

75.000

Cell Size (Dot)

Total (Dot)

(CHR)

(uS)

Disp (Dot)

(CHR)

(uS)

Front (Dot)

(uS)

Sync Pulse(Dot)

(uS)

Back (Dot)

(uS)

Program No.

Signal Name

Resolution

Dot Clock (MHz) fh (kHz) fv (Hz)

Original

26

H.HOLD2

(110K)

8

1688

211

15.630

1280

160

11.852

48

0.444

112

1.037

248

2.296

237.600

110.000

160.000

1266

158

15.63

960

120

11.852

36

0.444

84

1.037

186

2.296

Special

26

-

8

59.400

110.000

160.000

Original

27

H.HOLD2

(115K)

8

1456

182

14.560

1152

144

11.520

32

0.320

128

1.280

144

1.440

142.140

115.000

160.000

8

1092

137

14.560

864

108

11.520

24

0.320

96

1.280

108

1.440

Special

27

-

71.070

115.000

160.000

8

1688

211

12.504

1280

160

9.481

16

0.119

144

1.067

248

1.837

Original

32

VESA1280

*1024@85

1280*1024

157.500

91.146

85.024

12.504

Special

32

-

-

8

844

106

640

80

9.481

8

0.119

72

1.067

124

1.837

78.750

91.146

85.024

8

2160

270

10.667

1600

200

7.901

64

0.316

192

0.948

304

1.501

Original

33

788*1200

@75

788*1200

99.900

93.720

74.980

540

68

10..667

400

50

7.901

16

0.316

48

0.948

76

1.501

Special

33

-

8

74.925

93.720

74.980

8

2160

270

9.412

1600

200

6.972

64

0.279

192

0.837

304

1.325

Original

34

812*1024

@85

812*1024

99.900

91.160

85.040

8

540

68

9.412

400

50

6.972

16

0.279

48

0.837

76

1.325

Special

34

-

74.925

91.160

85.040

Original

35

H.SIZE

229.500

106.250

85.000

8

2640

330

8.889

1920

240

6.465

144

0.485

224

0.754

352

1.185

Horizontal Cell Size (Dot)

Total (Dot)

(CHR)

(uS)

Disp (Dot)

(CHR)

(uS)

Front (Dot)

(uS)

Sync Pulse(Dot)

(uS)

Back (Dot)

(uS)

8

2160

270

9.091

1600

200

6.734

64

0.269

192

0.808

309

1.280

8

540

68

9.091

400

50

6.734

16

0.269

48

0.808

77

1.280

8

1236

155

8.695

900

113

6.332

68

0.478

100

0.704

168

1.182

8

618

77

8.695

450

56

6.332

34

0.478

50

0.704

84

1.182

8

1728

216

10.971

1280

160

8.127

64

0.406

160

1.016

224

1.422

8

864

108

10.971

640

80

8.127

32

0.406

80

1.016

112

1.422

8

1066

133

10.670

788

99

7.890

34

0.340

94

0.940

150

1.500

8

800

100

10.670

591

74

7.890

26

0.340

71

0.940

113

1.500

8

1096

137

10.970

812

102

8.120

40

0.410

102

1.020

142

1.420

8

822

103

10.970

609

76

8.120

30

0.410

77

1.020

107

1.420

8

2160

270

9.412

1520

190

6.623

104

0.454

192

0.837

344

1.500

Special

24

-

-

74.250

112.500

75.000

8

660

83

8.889

480

60

6.465

36

0485

56

0.754

88

1.185

Special

35

-

57.375

106.250

85.000

8

540

68

9.412

380

48

6.623

26

0.454

48

0.837

86

1.500

5-58

3. Position of Connector / Test point of Adjustment

SW.REG/HV PWB

CN-R

CN-PM

CN-PS

CN-P

HEAT SINK

CN-K

HEAT SINK

CN-DF

F.B.T.

T981

CN-CR

TP-HV

TP-DF

CNTP

C5R1

VR5T1

HIGH VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT

(WITH SEALING CAP)

Fig 3-1 SW/HV PWB (PARTS SIDE)

LED111 LED112 LED113

CN-LEB CN-CLB CN-CLA

SW104

SW101 SW102 SW105 SW106 SW107 SW108

SW103

Fig 3-2 CONT PWB (PARTS SIDE)

CN-LEA

SW601

Fig 3-3 SW PWB(PARTS SIDE)

CN-SW

5-59

IN6T1

CN-AC

CNSW2

CNZ

CNPS CNR

Fig 3-4 INLET PWB (PARTS SIDE)

F1

FOCUS

F2

SCREEN

Fig 3-5 F.B.T. VR

TP-B

TP-R

TP-G

TP-G2

CN-G2

CN-HT CN-GND

Fig 3-6 CRT PWB (PARTS SIDE)

5-60

CNSGA

CNSG

CNP

CNHT

CNPU

CNASD

TP-TMP

CNCL

TP-ABL

CNPM

BNC

R G B H V Mini D-SUB USB

Fig 3-7 VIDEO PWB (PARTS SIDE)

IC4H1

CNPU

Fig 3-8 PU PWB (PARTS SIDE)

5-61

CNHSC

CNVSC

CN-AF

CNDF

CNK

CNEMF

CNHDY

HEAT SINK

CNZDY

CNVDY

CNCR

VR581 SW581

Fig 3-9 DEF PWB (PARTS SIDE)

CN-SD

CN-DSA CN-DSB

Fig 3-10 OSC PWB (PARTS SIDE)

5-62

CN-EMF

Fig.3-11 EMF PWB

CN-LL

CN-RR

CNEM

5-63

INSPECTION

1. Inspection of PLUG & PLAY communication

1-1. A construction of System

This system should be connected as shown below.

M o n ito r

P ro g ra m D is k

S ig n a l G e n e ra to r

P C

S ig n a l C a b le

R G B H V

F ix tu re

P o w e r C a b le

P rin te r C a b le

1-2. Starting method

1) Input Signal

Input signal must be separate sync. Two kinds of signals must be prepared.

One is the signal whose vertical synchronization frequency is 42Hz, and another is the signal whose vertical synchronization frequency is between 55Hz and 25kHz.

Horizontal synchronization frequency should be set to reasonable value (example 31.5kHz).

2) Power ON procedure

- First, put the floppy disk for PnP Inspection into PC and turn on PC.

- Turn on Fixture.

- Make sure that fixture’s LED turns on and off.

- Turn on signal generator and monitor.

3) Starting PC Software

- Inspection of PnP communication

To check the PnP communication, EDID file name is FP1350, set “P FP1350” to DOS command line and press return key.

- Writing EDID to EEPROM and inspection of PnP communication

To write EDID to EEPROM and check the PnP communication which its EDID file name is FP1350, type

“WP FP1350” on DOS prompt line and press return key.

6-1

1-3. Operation

- The operation should be performed according to the screen message.

- When the message of “Please set Vsync to 42Hz.” is displayed, set the signal generator to the signal with vertical synchronization frequency of 42Hz. When the message of “Please set Vsync to over 55Hz.” is displayed, set the signal generator to the signal whose vertical synchronization frequency is between

55Hz and 25kHz.

- The message of “Normally Complete” means that writing of EDID data or PnP inspection completed normally.

The message of “Error” means that writing of EDID data or PnP inspection finished incorrectly.

- When the PnP inspection is completed, read EDID data would be displayed. And if the read EDID data differed from the original EDID data, the different bytes would be displayed in red.

- For the details of error, see the messages displayed at the bottom right of the screen. The meaning of the messages is shown on section 4.

- After writing of EDID data or inspection of DDC2B, monitor can not be communicated by DDC1. In that case, turn off and on the monitor again, which will make the DDC1 communication test possible.

- Make sure that fixture’s LED flashes on and off before writing EDID data, inspecting DDC1 and DDC2B.

If the fixture’s LED does not flash on and off, turn off and turn on the monitor and the fixture.

1-4. Error Messages

- Start Bit Error

This message is displayed when the start bit is not “H” while sending data from PC to MPU on the fixture.

This error will be caused by noise etc. on the line.

- Command Error

This message is displayed when the different command is sent from PC to MPU on the fixture.

- Hardware Error

This message means that the PC does not recognize ACK command sent from the MPU on the fixture.

- File Open Error

This message means that the input EDID file name was wrong.

- Command line Switch Error

This message means that the input communication command is incorrect.

- Parity Error

This message is displayed when the MPU on the fixture recognized the parity bit is incorrect. This error can be caused by noise etc. on the line.

- EDID Data Error

This message is displayed when the null bit is not detected in EDID data read by DDC1 communication.

- EDID Data Sort Error

This message is displayed when the header code is not detected in EDID data read by DDC1 communication.

- Time Out Error

This message is displayed when the PC does not recognize ACK commands sent from MPU within 10m sec after the PC had sent communication command or EDID data. If this error occurs, check the connection on PC, fixture and monitor.

6-2

1-5. EDID data file

The EDID data file text is shown below. When you write or inspect EDID for this monitor, the following table can be used.

File name : FP1350

EDID-119

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F

00 00 FF FF FF FF FF FF 00 38 A3 8A 57 01 01 01 01

10 27 08 01 01 0E 29 1E 78 E8 A0 B8 A2 54 4C 9B 26

20 10 48 4C FF FF 80 31 59 45 59 61 59 71 4F 81 59

30 81 99 A9 59 D1 4F 04 74 80 D0 72 A0 3C 50 90 E0

40 13 00 96 30 11 00 00 1C 00 00 00 FD 00 37 A0 1F

50 73 19 00 0A 20 20 20 20 20 20 00 00 00 FC 00 4E

60 45 43 20 46 50 31 33 35 30 0A 20 20 00 00 00 FF

70 00 38 34 30 30 30 30 31 4B 41 0A 20 20 20 00 19

※4 : address 7Fh

Table 1-5. Data list (Management number : EDID-119)

※1 : address 10h

※2 : address 11h

※3 : address 71h ∼ 7Dh

Manufactured month x 4

Manufactured year - 1990

Input serial number (ASCII code)

Add 20th remaining address.

Checksum. The sum of entire 128byte shall be equal to 00h.

BUS

ACTIVITY

MASTER

SDA(DATA)

12pin

BUS ACTIVITY

S

T

A

R

T

CONTROL

BYTE

S

A

C

K

WORD

ADDRESS

A

C

K

DATA

A

C

K

P

S

T

O

P

Diagram 1-5 Timing chart of DDC2B

6-3

2. CRT

[A] Screen and Faceplate Blemishes

1. Measuring conditions

1-1. Defect, when tube is in operation, shall be observe under the following conditions:

9,300 K +27 M.P.C.D.(or 6,550 K + 7 M.P.C.D.) and white raster of 34 cd/m 2 (10 ft-L) at the center of the screen or component monochromatic raster used to generate raster above.

Ambient light shall be approx. 10 Lx.

1-2. Observe the defect, when tube is not in operation, under the light of approx. 200 Lx, measured at the faceplate surface.

1-3. Observe at a distance of 45cm from the screen.

1-4. Observe white and individual field, and appearance respectively.

2. Zone division

Screen can be divided into 2 zones as follows.

Zone A: Internal rectangle of 395mm by horizontal and 295mm by vertical of which the screen center is located in the center.

Zone B: Area outside the rectangle.

3. Defect criteria

3-1. Defective phosphor screen

1) Distance between defects (Minimum distance)

2) Mean defect diameter

Mean diameter = (shorter diameter + longer diameter) / 2

3) Defect criteria (acceptable defect amount) a) Dark spot, Blocked aparture

Mean diameter (mm)

0.51 ~

0.31 ~ 0.50

0.15 ~ 0.30

A

0

0

6 (note 1)

B

0

0

6 (note 1)

A + B

0

0

10 (note 1)

Shortest distance

-

-

10mm b) Discoloration, Stain, Missing phospher, etc.

Mean diameter(mm)

0.51 ~ 0.75

0.15 ~ 0.50

A

0

2

B

1

3

A + B

-

-

Shortest distance

20mm

20mm

Note 1: This criteria is applied to each color respectively.

Note 2: Ignore all defect regarding 1 trio of phosphor stripe corresponding to the last slit.

6-4

3-2. Defective faceplate

1) Bubble, Stone, and Blister, etc.

Mean diameter (*1)

(mm)

0.76

0.51 ~ 0.75

0.26 ~ 0.50

0.11 ~ 0.25

Acceptable number of defect

Zone A Zone B A + B

0 0 0

0

2

-

1

3

-

1

5

-

Minimum interval

(mm)

30

(*2)

Note (*1) Mean diameter shall be either one of the following values, which is smaller.

(a + b) / 2 or a / 20 + 2b (a: length, b: width)

Note (*2) Maximum 5 pcs. In area of

Φ

10mm.

2) Scratch

Width more than 0.16mm

Width 0.11mm ~ 0.15mm

Not acceptable.

Length shall be less than 3mm

Width 0.06mm ~ 0.10mm

Width less than 0.05mm

Length shall be less than 26mm

No length limitation

3) Other glass defect

Flaw, crack and chip must not be visually noticeable.

See the limitation sample regarding iron rust and striae, etc.

6-5

[B] Defective AR-film standards

1. Test conditions

1) Place the bulb on the test table and light it with the white fluorescent lamp from the above.

2) Illuminance on the surface of the bulb tube shall be more than 1000 Lx, less than 1500 Lx.

3) Observe at a 40cm distance from tube surface, ignore the defects that can not be seen at this distance.

2. Zone classification

Zone A: Internal rectangular area with the horizontal and vertical dimensions shown in the following fig. In which the screen center is located in the middle.

Zone B: Area between the edge of Zone A and phosphor screen.

Zone C: Area outside the edge of phosphor screen.

Edge of phosphor screen y zone A zone B zone C x

Dimension table

Size

41cm

46cm

51cm

Unit = mm

X

300

360

395

Y

225

270

295

3. Defect standards

3-1. Scratch (Glass and coating)

Width

More than 0.16mm

0.11 ~ 0.15mm

0.06 ~ 0.10mm

Less than 0.05mm

Zone A + B

Not acceptable

Length within 13mm

Length within 26mm

No limitation of length

(Note 1) In the case that it has very law contrast, regard it as a stain, not as a scratch and apply the ratings in the

3-2. even if the scratch7s width is in excess of 0.16mm.

(Note 2) There is no specified standards regarding Z one C. However, no defect is acceptable that damages the quality of the product. Discuss regarding the limitation, if necessary.

3-2. Opacity such as stain, etc. and peeling of coating

Defect contrast shall be classified. And judge defects in each contrast classification, according to size.

Definition of contrast

•

High contrast: foreign object that blocks off the light from the phosphor screen, such as graphite and dust, etc.

•

Middle contrast: Translucent foreign object and stain (Ex. Solidified coating materials and white stains, etc.)

6-6

•

Low contrast: Visually noticeable stain and flaw, etc. that rarely block off the Light from the phosphor screen.

→

visible interference color through the reflection (not visible through the permeability)

(Note) Ignore the light spot with no interference color.

(However, Non of them with its size in excess of 3.75mm is acceptable, that damages the product quality.)

Standards

Mean diameter for each contrast (Note 1) (mm)

High contrast Middle contrast Low contrast

Smaller than 0.10

Smaller than 0.20

Smaller than 0.50

0.11 ~ 0.25

0.26 ~ 0.50

0.51 ~ 0.75

0.21 ~ 0.50

0.51 ~ 1.00

1.01 ~ 1.50

0.51 ~ 1.25

1.26 ~ 2.50

2.51 ~ 3.75

Acceptable number in each zone

Zone A

Ignore

Zone B

Ignore

2 [4]

1 [4]

0 [4]

4 [5]

2 [4]

1 [4]

Values inside [ ] represent acceptable number in low contrast.

See the table in the next page for total defect number, which is acceptable in low contrast.

Acceptable interval (mm)

-

20

40

80

Total standards for low contrast defect

Standards for each zone

Total of A + B

A

6

10

B

8

(Note 1) Mean diameter = Either value of (a + b) / 2, 20+2b, which is smaller. (a: length b: width)

(Note 2) Acceptable interval shall be the larger one in the case that defects have different intervals.

(Note 3) There is no standard regarding zone C. Therefore, no defect is accepted that may deteriorate the value of products. Defect level by consultation. Discuss if necessary.

3-3. Reflectance :

≤

0.7% (at the screen center)

3-4. Reflective color irregularity

No reflective color irregularity is accepted, which is easy to find visually.

3-5. Strength

Wear and abrasion resistance: Coating should withstand 30-minute scrubbing with a #50 eraser. (load; 500g)

Pencil resistance: Coating should withstand 3H pencil. (according to conformed item of Coating Strength

JIS-5400)

[Supplementary explanation] Definition of striped coating (tear) and flaw (rubbed coating) (according to JIS)

Striped coating (tear): Tear that reaches to the glass surface

Flaw (rubbed coating): Scratches that slightly dig into the surface of the coating

3-6. Dirt, cloudiness, color irregularity, streaks and other defects

No defects should not be detected when white or green raster are on the screen.

Set the new boundary sample if necessary.

6-7

4. Cautions for cleaning AR-firm CRT

4-1. Do not rub or hit CRT surface with hard object.

4-2. Wipe off the dust softly with a dry soft cloth if necessary.

Do not use the acid and alkaline cleaner, solution such as detergent or thinner, etc.

If dust can not be wiped off with a dry soft cloth, use the water, ethyl alcohol, neutral glass cleaner or detergent.

4-3. If and when necessary to touch CRT surface with tool, perform it with care.

4-4. Be careful not to damage or scratch CRT surface with a hard foreign object, etc. while cleaning.

6-8

TROUBLE SHOOTING

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

1. NO RASTER ………………………………………………………………………………..............................… 7-2

2. ABNORMAL VIDEO ON CRT SCREEN (too dark or too bright) …………………………………............ 7-4

3. UNSTABLE PICTURE ……………………………………………………………………………………........... 7-8

3-1.Horizontal ……………………………………………………………………………………………….....….. 7-8

3-2.Vertical ……………………………………………………………………………………………………..….. 7-9

4. ON SCREEN MANAGER (OSM) FAILURE ……………………………………………………………......... 7-10

5. ABNORMAL PICTURE …………………………………………………………………………………..…...... 7-11

5-1.Horizontal Size …………………………………………………………………………….…………........... 7-11

5-2.Vertical Size ……………………………………………………………………………….……..………….. 7-13

5-3.Horizontal Position ………………………………………………………………………………………….. 7-13

5-4.Vertical Position ………………………………………………………………………………………......… 7-14

5-5.Poor Linearity …………………………………………………….………………………………..………… 7-14

5-5-1.Horizontal ………………………………………………………………………………………….....… 7-14

5-5-2.Vertical ………………………………………………………………………………………………...… 7-14

5-6.Distortion Correction Circuit ……………………………………………………………………..…….....… 7-15

5-7.Poor Focus …………………………………………………………………………………………..………. 7-16

5-8.Impurity On CRT Screen ……………………………………………………….....…………..……………. 7-17

6. H OSC / DEF / HV CIRCUIT FAILURE ………………………………………………………………..…….... 7-20

7. V OSC / DEF CIRCUIT FAILURE ……………………………………………………………………......…… 7-23

8. SELF TEST ERROR …….………………………………………………………………..………………....….. 7-24

9. RASTER CENTERING CIRCUIT FAILURE ……………………………………………………………........ 7-25

10. RASTER ROTATION ERROR ……………………………………...………………………………..……… 7-25

11. POWER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS) FAILURE …..….…………………………………......……… 7-26

11-1. PMS FAILURE 1(When a monitor receives Horizontal and Vertical Sync.) …....…………………… 7-26

11-2. PMS FAILURE 2(When a monitor receives no Horizontal Sync) ……………………....................... 7-27

11-3. PMS FAILURE 3(When a monitor receives no Vertical Sync) …………………….....………………. 7-27

11-4. PMS FAILURE 4(When monitor receives neither Horizontal nor Vertical Sync) …………………… 7-27

12. DIGITAL CONTROL CIRCUIT FAILURE ……………………………………………...…………………… 7-28

12-1. Digital control error …………………………………...…………………………………………………… 7-28

12-2. User control error ………………………………….……………………………………………….....….. 7-29

12-3. DAC output error ………….........………………………………………………………………….……… 7-29

13. SWITCHING REGULATOR CIRCUIT FAILURE …………………………………………………………… 7-30

14. MOIRE CANCEL FAILURE

…………………………..……………………………………………………… 7-32

15. PLUG & PLAY FAILURE ………………………………………………………………………………...…… 7-33

15-1. DDC 1 failure ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 7-33

15-2. DDC 2B failure …………………………………………………………………………………….…….. 7-33

16. OUT OF Cg-SPECIFICATION

………………………………………………………………………..……… 7-34

17. USB CIRCUIT FAILURE

……………………………………………………………………………...………. 7-35

18. AUTO ADJUST CIRCUIT FAILURE ……………………………………………………………………….... 7-36

7-1

1. NO RASTER

Check 220V line

Check 80.2V line

Check 14.5V line

Check -15.6V line

Check 8.5V line

Remove the CN-K, measure the voltages at K1(220V), K2(14.5V), K4(-15.6V) and

CN-P P3(80.2V),P6(8.5V) on the SW/HV PWB (PWE-571)

NG

OK

Is LED power indicator green ?

Check SW REG. (see item 13 )

Check H and V sync input.

NG

Check PMS (see item 11)

OK

Check HV operation

Judge peculiar noise of HV generated at power SW or static electricity.

NG

OK

Check 6.2V line

Check H OSC/DEF/HV circuit (see item 6)

Measure the voltage at IC7F1 3 pin on the CRT PWB (PWE-567C).

NG

R7F5,IC7F1 and their ambient circuit failure

OK

Check the screen voltage

Measure the voltage at TP-G2 on the CRT PWB (PWE-567C). Normally, screen voltage is 700

±

5V.

CONTINUE

7-2

CONTINUE

NG

T5R1 (FBT), R905, C903, C904, CNCRT and screen wire failure


OK

Turn the screen control clockwise

Back raster appear?

NG

Horizontal bar appear?

NG

CRT failure

OK

Check V OSC/DEF circuit (see item 7)

OK

Video amp. circuit failure (see item 2)

7-3

2. ABNORMAL VIDEO ON CRT SCREEN (too dark or too bright)

* Input 1/4 window pattern.

Set up BRIGHTNESS: preset, CONTRAST:max. and R/G/B control:all max. at OSM menu.

Check R/G/B video output

Measure R/G/B video outputs at TP-R, TP-G and TP-B on the CRT PWB (PWE-567C).

Normally, R/G/B video output voltages are approx. 45Vp-p with 1/4 window pattern input when the contrast control of the OSM menu is MAX.

45 Vp-p

NG

Check IC721 output (VIDEO)

Measure the video output at IC721 pins 6(R), 14(G) and 4(B) on VIDEO

PWB (PWE-567A).

Normally, the wave form is same as upon figure.

OK

C729R/G/B failure, or CN-SG Failure.

NG

Check 80V line Measure the voltage at CNP 3 on the VIDEO PWB(PWE-567A).

NG

CN-P failure, or check SW-REG (see item 13)

OK

Check Vbb line and 12V line

1) Check the voltage at C726 on the VIDEO PWB(PWE-567A). The voltage is approx. 9.1V

DC

.

2) Check the voltage at R728 (reverse of ZD721) on the VIDEO PWB

(PWE-567A). The voltage is approx. 12V

DC

.

NG

1) ZD721, C726, R728 failure.

2) CN-AF failure.

OK

Check IC721 input (VIDEO)

Measure the video input at IC721 pins 8(R), 12(G) and 2(B) on VIDEO PWB

(PWE-567A). The voltage is approx. 5Vp-p.

OK

IC721 failure.

NG



PWB (PWE-567A). The voltage is approx. 3Vp-p.

CONTINUE 1 CONTINUE 2

7-4


OK Q711 R/G/B failure.

NG

Check IC711 input

1) Measure the video input at IC711 pins 6(R), 11(G) and 2(B) on

VIDEO PWB (PWE-567A). The voltage is approx. 0.78Vp-p.

2) Measure the clamp pulse input at IC711 pin 19 on VIDEO PWB

(PWE-567A). The voltage is approx. 4.2Vp-p.

3) Measure the voltage at IC711 pin 15 on VIDEO PWB (PWE-567A).

The voltage is approx. 3.9V

DC

.



DC

.



DC

.

1)-5) OK

IC711 failure.

2) NG

IC7A1 failure.

3) NG

C773 or Q772 failure.

4) NG

D713 failure.

5) NG

1) NG


LC768 failure.


PWB (PWE-567A). The voltage is approx. 0.78Vp-p.

OK

NG

Check IC731 input (VIDEO)

C711 R/G/B or C712R/G/B failure.

Measure the video input at IC731 pins 2(R), 5(G) and 7(B) [BNC] or pins

11(R), 13(G) and 16(B) [D-SUB] on VIDEO PWB (PWE-567A). The voltage is approx. 0.7Vp-p.


7-5


OK

NG

IC731 failure.

BNC: LC761R/G/B, C701R/G/B, C702R/G/B or MD701R/G/B failure.

D-SUB: LC762R/G/B, C703R/G/B, C704R/G/B or MD702R/G/B failure.

Check R/G/B cathode voltage video output

Measure R/G/B cathode voltages at TP-R, TP-G and TP-B on the CRT PWB

(PWE-567C). Normally, the DC voltage is between approx. 80V

DC

and 150V

DC at point A when BRIGHTNESS is preset. The DC voltage moves 15V or 20V when BRIGHTNESS changes from min. to max..

A

NG

Measure the voltage at C747 on the VIDEO PWB (PWB-567A). The voltage is approx. 220V.

GND

Check the power supply voltage of clamp circuit

NG

LC76A, LC76N or CNP failure.

OK

D741 R/G/B, Q741R/G/B, IC742 or IC751 failure.

OK

Check the screen voltage

Measure the voltage at TP-G2 on the CRT PWB (PWB-567C). Normally, the screen voltage is 700

±

15V

DC

. Adjust 700

±

5V

DC

if it is different.

NG

•

R905, C903, C904 or CNCRT on the CRT PWB (PWB-567C),

T5R1 (FBT) on the SW/HV PWB (PWB-571) or screen wire failure.

•


OK

Check the heater voltage

Measure the voltage at IC7F1 pin 3 on the CRT PWB (PWE-567C). The voltage is approx. 6.2V.

CONTINUE

7-6

CONTINUE

NG

Check IC7F1 input voltage

Measure the voltage at IC7F1 pin 5 on the CRT PWB (PWE-

567C). The voltage is approx. 8.5V.

NG

LC901, LC903, R7F5, C764 or CN-HT failure.

OK

Check the heater controlled voltage

Measure the voltage at IC7F1 pin 2 on the CRT PWB

(PWE-567C). The voltage is 0V.

OK

IC7F1 failure.

NG

IC801 on the VIDEO PWB (PWB-567A) failure.

OK

Check the G1 voltage

Measure the voltage at CN-HT pin 1 on the CRT PWB (PWE-567C). Normally, the G1 voltage’s high level is OV.

NG

D7K1, R7K2, Q7K1, Q7K3 or Q7K2 on the VIDEO PWB (PWB-567A) failure.

OK

CRT failure.

CN-HT failure.

7-7

3. UNSTABLE PICTURE

3-1. Horizontal

Check H sync

Measure at CN-AF 5 pin (HD) on the VIDEO PWB (PWE-567A)

NG

Check the input H sync

Check the sync pulse at Mini D-SUB 13pin on the VIDEO

PWB (PWE-567A).

NG

Signal cable failure

OK

Check the output pulse

Check the pulse (HD) at IC731 22 pin on the VIDEO PWB

(PWE-567A).

NG

Q7Y1, Q7Y2, Q7Y5, Q7Y6, Q734, Q735, IC731 and their ambient circuit failure on the VIDEO PWB (PEW-567A).

OK

IC7A1 and their ambient circuit failure on the VIDEO PWB (PWE-567A).

OK

•

H OSC/DEF/HV circuit failure (see item 6).

•

Digital control circuit failure (see item 12).

7-8

3-2. Vertical

Check V sync

NG

Measure at CN-AF 7 pin (VD) on the VIDEO PWB (PWE-567A)

Check the input V sync

Check the sync pulse at Mini D-SUB 14pin on the VIDEO

PWB (PWE-567A).

NG

Signal cable failure

OK

Check the output pulse

Check the pulse (VD) at IC731 21 pin on the VIDEO PWB

(PWE-567A).

NG

Q7Y3, Q7Y4, Q7Y7, Q7Y8, Q734, Q735, IC731 and their ambient circuit failure on the VIDEO PWB (PEW-567A).

OK

IC7A1 and their ambient circuit failure on the VIDEO PWB (PWE-567A).

OK

•

V OSC/DEF circuit failure (see item 7).

•

Digital control circuit failure (see item 12).

7-9

4. ON SCREEN MANAGER (OSM) FAILURE

Check the OSM signals output

Check the pulses 5Vp-p at IC791 pins 13(R), 15(G), 17(B) and

12(blanking) on the VIDEO PWB (PWE-567A). When EXIT,

CONTROL or PROCEED SW is pressed.

OK

•

IC711 failure

NG

Check the H sync input

Check the pulse 5Vp-p at IC791 pin 18 on the VIDEO PWB (PWE-567A).

NG

•

Q791 or its ambient circuit failure

•

CN-AF failure

•

Q5E1 or its ambient circuit failure

(on the DEF PWB(PWE-568))

OK

Check the V sync input

Check the pulse 5Vp-p at IC791 pin 19 on the VIDEO PWB (PWE-567A).

NG

IC7A1, Q793, Q794, Q795, Q7A2 or their ambient circuit failure.

OK

•

IC791 and its ambient circuit failure

•

Digital control circuit failure (see item 12)

7-10

5. ABNORMAL PICTURE

5-1. Horizontal Size

Check HV voltage

Measure the voltage at CRT anode.

Normally, the voltage is approx. 27KV.

NG

OK

HV circuit failure (see item 6)

NG

SW REG. failure (see item 13)

OK

Check the voltage which is supplied to CPU

NG

IC801, IC802, IC8G1, IC7A1or their ambient circuit failure

OK

Check the horizontal frequency mode output (IC571 pins 5~7 、10~12) See Fig. 5.1.1

CONTINUE f H 1 f H 2 f H 3 f H 5 f H 6 f H 7

3 3 . 6 k H z

3 0 . 8 k H z

4 1 . 5 k H z

3 6 . 6 k H z

4 9 k H z

6 5 . 5 k H z

5 7 k H z 8 2 . 6 k H z

4 5 . 8 k H z 5 2 . 7 k H z 6 9 . 5 k H z

1 1 5 k H z

1 0 1 k H z

Fig 5.1.1

7-11

CONTINUE

NG

IC571 failure

OK

Check S-correction capacitor

Switching circuit

Check the operation of MQ571, Q572, Q573.

NG

MQ571, Q572, Q573 failure.

OK

Check whether IC592 pin 1 on DEF PWB and IC531 pin 5 vary by horizontal size control in OSD menu or not

Measure the voltage at IC592 pin 1 and IC531 pin 12.

Normally, pin 1 voltage varies from approx. 3.5V to 5V and pin 5 voltage varies from approx. 0.9V to 5V.

NG

Digital control circuit or IC592 failure

OK

Check Q561 FBP

See Fig 5.1.2

Measure the voltage at Q561 Collector.

Normally, this voltage varies from 850 to 1200V by H-SIZE control for user.

approx.

850~1200 Vp-p approx.

2.0

µ sec.

NG Fig 5.1.2

Q561, D561, D562, C561, H-DY or their ambient circuit failure

OK

Check the distortion correction circuit (see item 5-6)

OK

H OSC/DEF/HV circuit failure (see item 6)

7-12

5-2. Vertical Size

Check whether the amplitude (approx. 6Vp-p~10Vp-p) at CN-DSB pin 12 on the DEF PWB (PWE-568) varies by OSD vertical size control or not ?

v. saw wave

NG •

IC501 or IC511 failure.

•

Digital control circuit failure. (see item 12)

OK v. size min.

Approx. 6Vp-p

Check whether the amplitude (approx. 6Vp-p~10Vp-p) at IC421 8 pin on the DEF PWB (PWE-568) varies by OSD vertical size control or not ?

NG

IC421 or its ambient circuit failure.

OK

V OSC/DEF circuit failure. (see item 7) v. size max.

Approx.10Vp-p

5-3. Horizontal Position

Check the raster position.

NG

Raster centering circuit failure.

OK

•

IC501 failure.

•

Q504, Q505 or their ambient circuit failure.

•


7-13

5-4. Vertical Position

Check whether the DC voltages level at CN-DSB pin 12 on the DEF

PWB (PWE-568) varies by OSD vertical position control or not?

NG •

IC501 failure.

•


OK

Check whether the DC voltages level at IC421 pin 8 on the DEF

PWB (PWE-568) varies by OSD vertical position control or not?

Position down

NG

•


OK

•

IC401, VDY or their ambient circuit failure.

5-5. Poor Linearity

5-5-1. Horizontal

Check an item 5-1.

OK

T571, Q571, IC591 、IC532(pin 17) or their ambient circuit failure.

V. saw wave

Position up

0V

5-5-2. Vertical

Check if the vertical linearity on the screen varies by OSD "VERTICAL

LINEARITY" and "VERTICAL LINEARITY BALANCE".

NG

•

IC501 failure.

•


OK

Check the D/A converter output. (IC532 pin 4,18,19)

OK

NG

•


•


•

Q421, Q422, Q423 or their ambient circuit failure.

•


Check the voltage at IC532 pin 4,18 and 19.

The output voltages of each pin are as follows.

5V pin 4 pin 18

0V

5V

0V

5V pin 19

0V

55 70 90 105 130 160

Vertical frequency (Hz)

7-14

5-6. Distortion Correction Circuit

Check whether the distortion on the screen varies by OSD distortion correction control (SIDEPIN) or not ?

NG

Check the waveform at CN-DSB pin 11 is present.

Sidepin vertical period

Sidepin +

Approx.0.5Vp-p.

NG

Check the waveform at IC511 pin 5.

vertical period

Approx.0.5Vp-p.

NG

•

IC501, R544 or C524 failure.

•


OK


OK

Check the waveform at IC5GA pin 3.

NG

IC5GA or its ambient circuit failure.

OK

IC5A1, Q5A1 or their ambient circuit failure.

OK

Check whether the distortion on the screen varies by OSD distortion correction control (TILT) or not ?

vertical period

TILT min.

NG

Check the waveform at C519.

TILT max.

Approx. 0.5Vp-p when TILT control is min. condition.

NG

IC501, R526 or C519 failure.

OK


OK

H OSC/DEF/HV circuit failure. (see item 6 )

7-15

5-7. Poor Focus

Adjust Focus VR on FBT. (F1 and F2)

Focus is poor all over the screen.

FBT, focus lead, CRT socket or CRT failure.

Focus performance is different at center and other parts of the screen.

Check the dynamic focus voltage at TP-DF.

H. Dynamic focus voltage is approx. 580Vp-p.

V. Dynamic focus voltage is approx. 170Vp-p.

H is NG.

V is NG.

.

Check the waveform at CN-DSB pin 1.

NG


Check the waveform at CN-DSB pin 2.

NG


NG

OK


•

IC501,R501 or C501 failure.

•

Digital control circuit failure. (See item 12)

OK

Check the waveform at CN-DF pin 3.

OK

NG

•

•

OK


IC501,R527 or C520 failure.

Digital control circuit failure. (See item 12)

Check the waveform at CN-DF pin 4.

NG

Q951 or its ambient circuit failure.

OK

Q981~Q985, T981 or their ambient circuit failure.

NG

DEF PWB pattern failure.

OK

Check the Q5X1 Emitter voltage and confirm the voltage approx. -80V.

NG

Q5X1, Q5X2 or their ambient circuit failure.

OK

Q987, T981 or their ambient circuit failure.

7-16

5-8. Impurity on CRT Screen

Does the picture sway when the degaussing Select the degauss item on OSD, and push "PROCEED"

NG

/Digital control circuit failure

/Z connector disconnected

/CL connector disconnected

OK

Confirm degaussing effect

No effect

/SW REG. failure

/Degauss coil failure

Effect, but not enough

Make sure that the monitor is removed away from any strong magnetic field

No magnetic field interference

Adjust the GlobalSync, TOP LEFT, TOP RIGHT, BOTTOM LEFT and BOTTOM RIGHT with OSD control.

OK NG

Check the voltage at the feedback resister (R4J5: GLOBALSYNC,

R4L5: TOP LEFT, R4M5: BOTTOM LEFT, R4N5:TOP RIGHT,

R4R5: BOTTOM RIGHT).

Confirm that the variable range of the voltage at the feedback resister should be between -1volt and +1volt , when the GLOBALSYNC

(5 Items) control is varied.

OK Turn the monitor face to the North, South NG

West and the East.

OK

CONTINUE1 CONTINUE2

7-17

CONTINUE1 CONTINUE2

OK NG

Check the voltage at the CNPU (pin3 and pin4)on the VIDEO PWB.

Confirm that the voltage varies at each direction of the monitor and its variable range should be between +1.5volt and +3.5volt.

OK NG /IC4J1,IC4L1,IC4N1 failure

/or its associated circuit failure

/IC4H1 failure

/IC4H3 failure or its associated circuit failure

Check the voltage at the CNCL pin14 or TP-TMP on the VIDEO PWB.

Confirm the output voltage from approx. 100mV to 500mV

(ex:250mV at 25 ℃)

OK NG

/LC151 (on VIDEO PWB) failure

/IC151 (on CONTROL PWB) failure


* When power switch on, Check the voltage of C4P1’s both ends increase

After a few seconds, the voltage continue to increase without saturation.

(See Graph 5-8-1)

* Be sure to use voltage meter which has input impedance more than 10M Ω

OK

CONTINUE1

NG

CONTINUE2

7-18

CONTINUE1

OK

CONTINUE2

NG

/Q4P1, Q4P3, MD4P1


* When power switch on too, Check the voltage of IC801 pin 51 increase

at approx. C4P1 voltage (See Graph 5-8-1) + 0.5V

* Be sure to use voltage meter which has input impedance more than 10M

Ω

OK NG

CRT, DY failure

/Q4P4, D4P1, MD4P2, R4P7


4

3. 5

3

2. 5

2

1. 5

1

0. 5

0

0 60

C4 P1 Tim e v s Vo

1

0 . 9

0 . 8

0 . 7

0 . 6

0 . 5

0 . 4

0 . 3

0 . 2

0 . 1

0

0 1 2

C 4 P 1 T i m e vs V o

3 4 5 6

T i m e( m i n u t e)

7 8 9 1 0

Graph 5-8-1: C4P1 Voltage

12 0 18 0

Ti me( min ute )

24 0 30 0

7-19

6. H OSC / DEF / HV CIRCUIT FAILURE

Check the drive pulse at CN-DSB pin 10 on the DEF PWB (PWE-

568) outputs a rectangle waveform which amplitude is 4.3Vp-p.

Check the horizontal drive pulse.

OK

Check the waveform of IC592 pin 3.

Normally, it is sawtooth wave which amplitude is approx. 5Vp-p.

NG


OK

Check the waveform of gate at Q5G1.

Be sure to get the L5G2 off the DEF PWB, and output as following.

approx. 220V

Horizontal period

NG

Q5G1, ZD5G1, D5G2 or their ambient circuit failure.

Note: Q561, Q5G1 and Q5A1 will short out at the same time.

OK

Check the voltage for horizontal drive circuit.

Measure the voltage at Q553 collector.

Normally, it is approx. 15V.

NG

R557 failure

OK

Check the AFC pulse at R5E1.

Normally, its amplitude is approx. 50Vp-p~60Vp-p.

CONTINUE1

NG

Q555, Q561, T551, T561 or their ambient circuit failure.

OK

Check high voltage.

Measure the CRT anode voltage.

Normally, high voltage is approx. 27kV.

NG

Check 80V line.

Measure the voltage at CN-P pin 3 on the SW/HV PWB

(PWE-571).

CONTINUE2 CONTINUE3

7-20

CONTINUE1 CONTINUE2 CONTINUE3

NG

Remove L5R1 and check 80V line again.

NG

•

Video amplifier IC721 on the VIDEO

PWB (PWE-567A) failure.

•

Check SW REG circuit. (see item 13)

OK

Q5R1 and its ambient circuit failure.

CONTINUE1 CONTINUE2

Check 15V line.

Measure the voltage at C5P1 on the SW/HV PWB (PWE-571).

NG

OK

Check HV drive pulse.


Check the pulse at Q5R1 gate on the SW/HV PWB

(PWE-571).

OK

•

Q5R1 and ambient circuit failure.

•

T5R1 (FBT) failure.

NG

Check the horizontal trigger pulse.

Check the pulse at pin 4 of ICD5P1 on the SW/HV PWB (PWE-571).

NG

CN-DF Failure.

OK

•

Q5F1 and its ambient circuit failure.

•

Q5F2 and its ambient circuit failure.

•

IC2001 and its ambient circuit failure.

•

T5R1 (FBT) failure.

•

VR5T1 and its ambient circuit failure.

•

ICD5P1 failure.

•

R5R3 failure.

7-21

CONTINUE1 CONTINUE2

OK

Check the abnormal picture. (see item 5)

NG

Check the horizontal input trigger.

NG

Check the horizontal sync pulse (HD) at CN-DSB pin 4 on the DEF

PWB (PWE-568).

Check the unstable picture. (see item 3-1)

OK

Its amplitude is approx.3Vp-p at Q502 gate on the OSC PWB (PWE-567B).

Check the Q502 gate pulse.

NG

OK

•

IC501 failure.

•

Q504, Q505 or its ambient circuit failure.

•

R503, R504, R507, R508 or C509 failure.

•


Q501, Q502 or their ambient circuit failure.

7-22

7. V OSC / DEF CIRCUIT FAILURE

Check +15V/-15V line.

Measure the voltage at CN-K pins K2 and K4 on the DEF PWB (PWE-568) Pin

K2 voltage is approx. 14.5V. Pin K4 voltage is approx. -15.6V.

NG

•

CN-K wire failure.

•

Check SW REG. (see item 13)

OK

Check the sawtooth wave at IC421 pin 8 on the DEF PWB (PWE-568).

NG

Check the sawtooth wave at CN-DSB pin 11 on the DEF PWB (PWE-568).

OK


NG

Check the vertical input trigger.

Check sync pulse (VD) at CN-DSB pin 6 on the DEF

PWB (PWE-568)

NG

Check the unstable picture (see item 3-2)

OK

Check the sawtooth wave at IC511 pin 12.

NG


OK

•

IC501 failure.

•


OK

•

IC401 or its ambient circuit failure .

•

V DY failure.

7-23

8. SELF TEST ERROR

Check the self-test mode

Measure the voltage at IC801 pin 14 on the VIDEO PWB (PWE-567A).

The voltage is approx. 0V when self-test.

NG

IC801 or its ambient circuit failure

OK

Check the self-test H sync output

Measure the pulse at the collector of Q797 on the VIDEO PWB

(PWE-567A).

Normally, the frequency of the pulse is approx. 60kHz.

NG

•

Q797 or its ambient circuit failure

•

H OSC/DEF circuit failure (see item 6 )

•


OK

Check the clamp pulse output

Check the pulse at IC7A1 pin 17 on the VIDEO PWB (PWE-567A).

Normally, the voltage is approx. 5.0Vp-p.

NG

•

IC7A1 or its ambient circuit failure

•

IC731, Q734, Q735, Q796 or their ambient circuit failure

•

IC791 and their ambient circuit failure

OK

Check the self-test V sync output

Measure the pulse at IC8M1 pin 15 on the VIDEO PWB(PWE-549A).

Normally, the frequency of the pulse is approx. 120Hz.

NG

･Q793, Q794 or their ambient circuit failure

･V OSC / DEF circuit failure (see item 6 )

･IC8M1, Q831~3 and their ambient circuit on the VIDEO PWB (PWE-567A) failure

OK

Check the self-test video output

Check the pulses 5Vp-p at IC791 pins 13(R), 15(G), 17(B) and

12(Blanking) on the VIDEO PWB (PWE-567A).

NG

OSM circuit failure (see item 4)

OK

IC711 or its ambient circuit failure

7-24

9. RASTER CENTERING CIRCUIT FAILURE

Check the raster control operation

Make certain that the image position is adjusted when the horizontal centering control(VR581) on the DEF PWB (PWE-568) is used.

NG

Check the raster control operation voltage.

OK

The voltage of CN-CR pin1-2 on the DEF PWB (PWE-568) should be approx. 5.5V.

Q581 or C581 may have failed.

NG

Q581, C581 or VR581 on the DEF PWB (PWE-568), C6K1, C6K2 or

D6K1 on the SW/HV PWB (PWE-571) may have failed.

Adjust the raster centering again.

10. RASTER ROTATION ERROR

Check +15 / -15V line

Check the voltage at IC4J1 pin 10 (+14.5V) and pin 5 (-15.6V) on the DEF

PWB (PWE-568).

NG

•


OK

Check +5V line Check the voltage at CN-DSA pin 7.

NG

•

LC76K on the VIDEO PWB (PWE-567A) failure.

•

CN-ASO,CN-DSA failure.

Check if Z-DY voltage varies by

OSM rotate control.

Measure the voltage at IC532 pin 15 on the DEF PWB (PWE-568).

Normally, the voltage varies from approx. 0V to 5V.

NG


OK

•

IC4J1 on the DEF PWB (PWE-568) or its ambient circuit failure.

•

Z DY (rotation coil ) failure.

7-25

11. POWER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (PMS) FAILURE

11-1. PMS FAILURE 1(When a monitor receives Horizontal and Vertical Sync.)

At the first, push the “EXIT” switch 2 times or over.

Check the color of power LED.

Green

Check the picture

OK

NG: See “No Raster” (item 1)

Yellow

Check the signal.

IC801 pin 36 (V.Sync) on the VIDEO PWB (PWE-567A).

OK

Check the voltage.

CN-PM pin 2 should be approx. 5V.

OK: Q101-104, LED111-113 may have failed.

NG: IC801 or IC802 may have failed.

NG

Q7Y1-7Y8, Q734, Q735, Q798 or IC7A1 may have failed.

Orange

Push the "BNC/D-SUB" SW

Green

OK

Orange

Check the voltage.

Check the voltage of pin 1 and 2 of IC801 on the VIDEO PWB (PWE-567A).

It should be one or the other approx. 5V.

NG

Q7G1-7G6, MD7GE, MD7GG, D7GA, D7GFor IC7G1 may have failed.

OK

Q101-104, LED111-113, IC801 or IC802 may have failed.

7-26

11-2. PMS FAILURE 2(When a monitor receives no Horizontal Sync)

Check the PMS control voltage.

Check the voltage of pin 22 of IC801.

The voltage should be approx. 5V.

NG

IC801 or IC7A1 may have failed.

OK

SW/HV may have failed. (see item 13)

11-3. PMS FAILURE 3(When a monitor receives no Vertical Sync)


Check the voltage of pin 22 of IC801.

The voltage should be approx. 0V.

NG

IC801 or IC7A1 may have failed

OK

SW/HV may have failed. (see item 13)

11-4. PMS FAILURE 4(When monitor receives neither Horizontal nor Vertical Sync)


Check the voltage of pin 8 and 22 of IC801.

The both voltages should be approx. 0V.

NG

IC801 or IC7A1 may have failed.

OK

IC8G1, IC8G2 may have failed.

7-27

12. DIGITAL CONTROL CIRCUIT FAILURE

12-1. Digital control error

Check +8.5V line Check the voltage at CN-P pin 6 on the VIDEO PWB(PWE-567A).

NG

Check SW REG (see item 13)

OK

Check +5V line Check the voltage at IC8G1 pin 2 on the VIDEO PWB(PWE-567A).

NG

IC8G1 failure.

OK

Check Reset circuit When +5V is supplied to the circuit, IC801 pin 35 should vary from LOW level

(approx. 0V ) to HIGH level ( approx. 5V ).

NG

IC8G1, C814, IC801 failure

OK

Check the waveform at IC801 pins 41 and 42 2Vpp 10MHz sine wave

NG

X801, IC801 failure

OK

Check Sync signals Check the pulse 5Vpp at IC801 pin 4 (H sync), IC801 pin 36 (VD), IC801 pin 59

(H polarity) and IC801 pin 58 (V polarity) on the VIDEO PWB (PWE-567A).

NG

Sync interface circuit failure (see item 3)

OK

IC801 failure

7-28

12-2. User control error

Check the control switches Check the voltage at CN-CL pin 4 to 11 on the VIDEO PWB(PWE-567A), when push the user control switches.

NG

CONTROL PWB failure

OK

Digital control error

12-3. DAC output error

Check upper and lower ref. voltage Check the voltage at each DAC upper and lower.

IC751 : Upper...pin9, 11, Lower...pin 8

NG

IC532 : Upper...pin11, 13, Lower...pin10

IC571 : V

DD

...pin13, GND...pin8

Each DAC, IC802 and their ambient circuit failure

OK

Check serial communications (I 2 C-Bus method)

Check some pulse are presented at IC801 pin 62 (SDA) pin 64 (SCL) on VIDEO PWB Normally, these pulses can be seen.

No pulse

Digital control error

Pulse

Each DAC, IC802 and their ambient circuit failure

7-29

13. SWITCHING REGULATOR CIRCUIT FAILURE

Check the output voltages

1. Make sure that the voltage of between K 1 pin and 3 pin (GND) is approx. 220V.

2. Make sure that the voltage of between P 3 pin and 5 pin (GND) is approx. 80.2V.

3. Make sure that the voltage of between K 2 pin and 3 pin(GND) is approx. +14.5V.

4. Make sure that the voltage of between P 6 pin and 5 pin (GND) is approx. 8.5V.

5. Make sure that the voltage of between K 4 pin and 3 pin (GND) is approx. -15.6V.

6. Make sure that the voltage of between CR 1 pin and 2 pin (floating GND) is approx. 5.5V.

Passed

Check other circuits

Failed

1. Turn off the power switch and wait 1 minute.

2. Disconnect CN-K & P & PM & CR & PS from SW/HV PWB(PWE-571).

3. Short Q673 emitter and Q673 corrector on the SW/HV PWB(PWE-571).

4. Add dummy resistor (2.2K

Ω

,

±

10%,40W) in parallel with R6A1.

5. Add dummy resistor (82

Ω

,

±

10%,2W) in parallel with C6G2.

6. Turn on the power switch and check the output voltages again.

Passed

Check other circuits

Failed

Either (1) +220V, (2) +14.5V, (3) -

15.6V, (4)+8.5V, (5)+5.5V output is

0V.

+80.2V are normal.

No

CONTINUE

Yes

Check the following parts

(1) D6A1, L6A1

(2) D6F1, L6F1, R6F1

(3) D6H1, L6H1, F6H1, ZD6H1

(4) D6G2, R6G1, ZD6G1

(5) D6K1, L6K1, R6K1

7-30

CONTINUE

When the power switch turns on, the voltage of both ends of C623 repeats from 5V to 8V.

No

Yes


C611, C624, C671, C672, C674, C6A1,

C6A2, C6E1, C6E2, D624, D671, D6A1,

D6E1, IC621, IC671, R623, R624, R625,

R638, Q623, Q624, Q625, Q672,

ZD622, ZD672, T601.

All

outputs are 0V. And when the power switch turn on, the voltage of both ends of C623 increase until approx 10V, and become 0V momentarily

.

No

Yes


ZD6G1, C6G1, C6G2, F671, Q671,

R6G1, D6G2, C623, Q623, D623,

D625, D673, D6E1, IC621, IC671,

L6E1, PC621, ZD622, T601

All outputs are 0V. And when the power switch turn on, the voltage of both ends of C623 is within the range of 0V to 10V.

No

Yes

Yes

Fuse F6T1 is broken.


D602, R634, R635, IC621


IC621, C622, C609, C610,

C621, R625, D601, T601

7-31

14. MOIRE CANCEL FAILURE

Operate the moire cancel control, and check the moire cancel control signal.

When the moire cancel control is max. condition, IC501 pin 22 waveform is as follows.

0V horizontal period vertical period

Only horizontal signal is NG.

•

IC501 failure.

•


NG

Check the vertical moire cancel control signal.

When the moire cancel control is max. condition, C513 waveform is as follows.

0V vertical period

NG •

R512 or C513 failure.

•

IC501 failure.

•


OK

•

R513 failure.

•

IC501 failure.

•


OK

•

C512, R511 or R508 failure.

•

IC501 failure.

7-32

15. PLUG & PLAY FAILURE

15-1. DDC 1 failure

Retry Check the DDC Function alter Power OFF/ON.

OK

OK

NG

Check the Write Protect function Check the voltage of IC8A1 pin 3. It should be approx. 0 (V)

NG

OK

Check the vertical frequency

41

±

1Hz

Your PC system may have failed others

CPU (IC801) failure

Check the V Sync

OK

Check the IC8A1 pin 7

IC8A1 may have failed

NG

Q8A1, Q8A2, Q8A3 may have failed

15-2. DDC 2B failure

Check the DDC 1

NG

Check the DDC 1 failure

OK

Mini D-sub 12, 15 pin, Signal cable, ZD8A1, ZD8A2 may have failed.

7-33

16. Out of Cg-specification

GOOD

Adjust the static and the dynamic convergence with OSD control.

NG

OK

Check the voltage at the feedback resistor(vertical S-cg : R8J3, horizontal S-cg : R8H3).

Confirm the variable range of the voltage at the feedback resistor should be approximately

-2.3volt --- +2.3volt within the control range of the static convergence control.

OK

CRT ITC FAILURE.

NG

Confirm the output voltage range of the IC510 (pin 7: H.S-cg, pin 1 : V.S-cg) on the OSC

PWB should be approximately +1.2volt --- +2.1volt within the control range of the static convergence control.

OK

IC8H1,IC8J1 failure or its associated circuit failure.

NG

Confirm the output voltage range of the IC501 (pin 61: H.S-cg, pin 60 : V.S-cg) on the OSC

PWB should be approximately +1.2volt --- +2.1volt within the control range of the static convergence control.

OK

IC501 failure or its associated circuit failure.

NG

IC501 failure or its associated circuit failure.

7-34

17. USB CIRCUIT FAILURE

USB function don’t operate.

Check the voltage of IC851 pin27 outputs 5V.

NG


Q851, Q852, ZD854, R855, R857, R85N, R85P

OK

IC851 failure

7-35

18. AUTO ADJUST CIRCUIT FAILURE

Set signal all white characters, and perform AUTO ADJUST on OSD control.

When check the following contents, perform AUTO ADJUST at the each time.

Check +5.0V and +3.3V

Make sure that the voltage of C8M7 is approx. +5.0V and C8MF is approx.+3.3V.

NG

+5.0V line, IC8M2 or IC8G2 failure on the VIDEO PWB.

OK

Check R.G.B video input signals

NG

Check the waveform at IC8M1 pin 27,pin 28 and pin 29.

(Approx. +3.2Vp-p)

Q8M1R, Q8M1G and Q8M1B failure separately or VIDEO CIRCUIT FAILURE. (See item 2)

V. frequency

OK

Check AFC_TTL input signal

Check the waveform at IC8M1 pin 14.

(Approx.+5.0Vp-p)

NG

CNASD pin 4 or AFC_TTL line failure.

OK

Check V.PUMP input signal

Check the waveform at IC8M1 pin 13.

(Approx. +5.0Vp-p)

H. frequency

V. frequency

NG

OK

CNASD pin8 or V_PUMP line or its ambient circuit failure.

Re-adjust Auto Adjust adjustment (Set again AUTO ADJUST L and AUTO ADJUST H)

NG

Failure IC8M1or it's ambient circuit failure.

OK

The video signal was not possible for working correctly of Auto Adjust function.

7-36

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

1. VIDEO CIRCUIT ………………………………………………………………………...…………..……….…… 8-3

1) Selection of BNC/D-SUB Input ………………………………………………………………….....…………. 8-3

2) Video Signal Amplification Section …………………………………………………………………………... 8-4

3) Video Bias Circuit ……………………………………………………………………………………....……… 8-5

4) ABL Circuit ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 8-5

5) On Screen Manager (OSM) …………………………………………………………………………………... 8-6

6) Self Test …………………………………………………………………………………………………….…… 8-6

2. DEFLECTION CIRCUIT ………………………………………………………………………………………..... 8-7

2-1. The oscillation and deflection control integrated circuit ……………………………………….…………. 8-7

1) Digital Signal Processor (DSP) .......................................................................................................... 8-7

2) 1bit D/A converter ( 1bit DAC ) …………………………………………………………………………….. 8-7

2-2. HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION CIRCUIT …………………………………………………………....……... 8-8

1) Horizontal oscillation circuit and Horizontal position control circuit ………………………………….…. 8-8

2) Distortion correction circuit …………………………………………………………………………….....… 8-9

3) Horizontal Drive Circuit …………………………………………………………………………………...... 8-11

4) Horizontal Deflection Output Circuit ………………………………………………………………………. 8-11

5) Horizontal Size Control Circuit …………………………………………………………………………….. 8-11

6) Rotation Correction Circuit ………………………………………………………………………..………. 8-13

7) H Centering Circuit …………………………………………………………………………………..…….. 8-13

2-3. VERTICAL DEFRECTION CIRCUIT

……………………………………………………………………… 8-14

1) Sawtooth wave generating, vertical size and position control and linearity control circuits

………… 8-14

2) Vertical filter circuit

…………………………………………………………………………………………. 8-14

3) Vertical output amplifier circuit

……………………………………………………………………………. 8-15

3. HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUIT ……………………………………………………………………………………… 8-16

1) High Voltage Control Circuit …………………………………………………………………………………. 8-16

2) High Voltage Output Circuit …………………………………………………………………………………... 8-16

3) High Voltage Protector Circuit ……………………………………………………………………………….. 8-16

4 .BLANKING CIRCUIT ………………………………………………………………………………………….... 8-18

1) Blanking Circuit …………………………………………………………………………………………..…… 8-18

2) Spot Killer Circuit …………………………………………………………………………………………..…. 8-18

3) Auto Adjust Blanking Circuit ………………………………………………………………………………….. 8-18

5. DYNAMIC FOCUS CIRCUIT ……………………………………………………………………………..……. 8-19

1) The horizontal parabolic wave generation and gain control circuit ………………………………………. 8-19

2) The vertical parabolic wave generation and gain control circuit …………………………………………. 8-19

3) The output amplifier circuit and the coupling circuit ……………………………………………………….. 8-19

8-1

6. CPU CIRCUIT ……………………………………………………………………………………………………. 8-21

1) CPU ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….……. 8-21

2) DC Control Circuit ………………………………………………………………………………………….…. 8-23

3) Power Management System (PMS) Circuit ………………………………………………………………... 8-24

4) Plug and Play (DDC 1 / 2) ……………………………………………………………………………….…… 8-25

5) User Control Operation ………………………………………………………………………………………. 8-26

6) Change DATA Value ............................................................................................................................ 8-29

7) Save DATA Value To Memory .............................................................................................................. 8-30

8) Open SUB MENU ................................................................................................................................ 8-30

9) Turn off OMS MENU ............................................................................................................................ 8-30

10) Open MENU(S) .................................................................................................................................. 8-31

・OSM MENU Structure ………………………………………………………………………………………...... 8-32

7. MOIRE CANCELLER …………………………………………………………………………………….......… 8-40

8. SWITCHING REGULATOR CIRCUIT ………………………………………………………………………… 8-41

8-1. Rectifying and Smoothing Circuit ………………………………………………………………………….. 8-41

8-2. Auxiliary Power Supply Circuit …………………………………………………………………………….. 8-41

8-3. Converter Circuit ……………………………………………………………………………………………. 8-42

8-4. Output Rectifying and Smoothing Circuit …………………………………………………………………. 8-43

8-5. Error Detection Amplifier Circuit …………………………………………………………………………… 8-44

8-6. Over Voltage Protection ……………………………………………………………………………………. 8-44

8-7. Degaussing Circuit ………………………………………………………………………………………….. 8-45

8-8. Posistor’s Automatic Selective Circuit …………………………………………………………………….. 8-46

8-9. Over Current Protection ………………………………………………………………………………….... 8-47

8-10. Power Management System Circuit …………………………………………………………………..… 8-48

8-11. Power Factor Controller Circuit ………………………………………………………………………..… 8-49

9. DYNAMIC CONVERGENCE CORRECTION CIRCUIT …………………………………………………….. 8-51

10. AUTO and MANUAL PURITY CORRECTION (GLOBALSYNC) CIRCUIT …………………………….. 8-53

1) SENSOR PART

……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 8-53

2) PURITY CORRECTION PART

………………………………………………………………………………. 8-55

11. USB CIRCUIT

………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 8-56

12. AUTO ADJUST CIRCUIT

……………………………………………………………………………………... 8-57

8-2

1. VIDEO CIRCUIT

1) Selection of BNC/D-SUB Input

The input selection circuit selects the BNC input or D-SUB input according to the voltage of IC731 pin19 (0V or 5V). IC731 pin19 voltage changes whenever SW108(momentary switch) is pressed.

CPU detects BNC input or D-SUB input by input signal of Sync On Green and H/C sync. JC-1946UMW’s user can know by OSM information whether input is BNC or D-SUB. Sync sensor outputs high level when fH is 1kHz or more, and low level when fH is less than 1kHz.

CPU detects BNC/D-SUB inputs and memories CONTRAST, SHARPNESS and EDGELOCK condition at each input.

BNC C702G

G

LC761G

C701G

R73WG

4

IC731

M52755SP 30

R736G

To

Amplification

Section

R73XG

R701G R701G

SYNC

SENSOR

13

WIDE BAND

ANALOG

SWITCH 19

R73A

LC763

H/C

D-SUB

R709 C705

C704G

C73E

LC762G

G 2

C703G

1

IC801

+5V

SW108

D/BNC

H/C 18

CPU

7

R703G R704G

SYNC

SENSOR

2

27

LC765

R70E C707

MRC802

(Fig 1.1.1) Input Selection Circuit (Green channel)

G

+5V

R7GP

C7GH R7GT

R7GR

Q7G4

R7GX

R7GY

R7GW C7GG Q7G5

MD7GG

R7G7

R7G2

C7G3

2

15

IC7G1

14

HD74HC123AFP

MONOSTABLE

MULTIVIBRATOR

13

R7G4

C7G6

To

CPU

H/C

+5V

R7G6

R7G9

C7GJ

D7GF

R7G8

Q7G6

(Fig 1.1.2) Sync Sensor (D-SUB part)

8-3

2) Video Signal Amplification Section

The video signal amplification section basically consists of the input section circuit and the amplification circuit. Each Red(R), Green(G) and Blue(B) video signal circuit is identical to each other, the G circuit being described below.

The video signal through the input selection circuit is input the amplification circuit. The amplification circuit is constructed with IC711(Pre-amp), Q711G(buffer), IC721(Output amp).

IC711 controls CONTRAST and R/G/B GAIN with I 2 C BUS by CPU. Only ABL function is controlled by external DC voltage. IC711 is possible to change gain, it is approx.4.3Vpp after the video adjustment.

The output of IC711 is buffered by Q711G and fed to IC721(Output amp).IC721’s gain is fixed approx.15

times.

Rs and Cs connected IC721 pin 13 form emitter peaking. Emitter peaking effect changes 4 levels by Q721G,

Q722G and Q723G.

+12V

CLAMP PULSE

BLANKING PULSE

C712G

R717G

Q711G

From

Input

Selection

Circuit

R736G

C711G

I

2

C BUS

11 IC711

29

M52742ASP 26

PRE-AMP

25

R716G

R718G

R719G

12

IC721

VPS16

OUTPUT

AMP

14

C729G

To

CRTCathode

15 23 24

13

C72AG C723G C722G

R724G

R725G

Q721G

R722G

SHARPNESS1 C72EG

R723G

ABL R727G

SHARPNESS2

R72HG

IC801

CPU

SHARPNESS3

R726G

Q722G

Q723G

R72KG

(Fig 1.2) Video Amplification Circuit

8-4

3) Video Bias Circuit

The video signal is amplified maximum 45Vpp in IC721 output, then the signal is done DC bias by video bias circuit through C729G. This DC voltage varies when cut off adjustment and brightness adjustment.

The video bias circuit consists of fixed voltage circuit construction with op-amp. Q741G is used highvoltage transistor due to get approx.80V to 170V at cathode black level voltage.

SUB BIAS, G BIAS and G BRT which are output from DAC IC751 are mixed at the op-amp IC742.

IC721

VPS16

14

R746G

C729G

R745G C743G

IC801

CPU

I 2 C BUS

G_BRT

IC751

M62393FP

15

14

G_BIAS

DAC

13

SUB_BIAS

R74AG R744G R743G

C744G

R749G

R74FG

-

+

R74EG

D741G

+12V

R747G

TP-G

R901G

R902G

Cathod

CRT

R741G

L901G

R742G

+220V

SG901G

R74GG

SG902

C741G

C7E4 R904 R903

Q741G

R748G

G1

BLANKING

PULSE

C902

Auto Adjust

Blanking Circuit

C901

+12V

(Fig 1.3) Brightness and Cut-off Control

4) ABL Circuit

The ABL circuit consists of the part (Q771,Q772 and peripherals) which detects and amplifies the current flowing to the CRT anode, and the other parts (IC711) which control the gain of the video signal (R,G and B).

The ABL circuit limits the amplitude of the video signal and serves to keep the maximum average current flowing to the CRT up to 750 μA. When the anode current is less than 750μA, Q772 does not operate. And the anode current attempts to exceed 750μA, Q772 operates and the voltage of IC711 pin 15 drops, the gain of IC711 drops. After saturation of IC711 pin 15, D713 becomes ON, then IC711 pin 30 drops. This is the voltage that decides the black level of IC711 video output. Therefore back raster becomes dark.

VIDEO PWB

+12V

SW/HV PWB

R713

+80V

R5U1

R5U2

+12V

C771 D771

R772

15 ABL IN

IC711

GAIN

ADJUST

M52742ASP

R775

23

MAIN

BRIGHT

-NESS

30

R714

D711

D712

T5R1

F.B.T

8

R5U3 R771 Q771

D713

Q772

HIGH VOLTAGE

PROTECTOR

Q5F2

R773 R774

ZD5F1

+15V

C5F2

(Fig 1.4) ABL Circuit

8-5

5) On Screen Manager (OSM)

The OSM circuit consists of IC791(OSM controller) and IC711(Pre-amp) which matrix the video signal and the OSM signal. IC791 receives the display data from IC801(CPU), and the signal outputs R, G, B and Blanking are fed out of pins 13, 15, 17 and 12 respectively. The OSM signals are mixed with video signals in IC711(Pre-amp). The OSM screen brightness is controlled by I 2 C BUS from CPU.

IC801

CPU

I 2 C

13

IC711

M52742ASP

PRE-AMP

9 4 1

G R B BLK

15 13 17 12

18

IC791

M35070-050FP

OSM CONTROLLER

19

H.SYNC(AFC_T)

V.SYNC(VD_B)

(Fig 1.5) On Screen Manager

6) Self Test

There are two ways to activate the self test function.

User mode: power on the monitor while holding down the RESET switch

Factory mode: no H/C sync and SOG of selected input mode

When the self test mode is on, IC801(CPU) make IC501 output H_DRIVE at approx.61.6KHz. Thus the horizontal deflection circuit and the high voltage circuit are operated at this frequency. And Q797 turn open by S_BIAS at IC801(CPU) 12pin changed high. Then AFC pulse are fed to IC7A1 to make clamp pulse for

IC711. IC8M1 divide H sync frequency (61.6KHz) by 512,then output V sync(approx.120Hz) to IC501. The video signal which is all white is generated by IC791, and fed to IC721(Output amp) via IC711(PRE-AMP).

IC7A1

M52347FP

I/F

CLAMP

PULSE

IC711

M52742ASP

PRE-AMP

R/G/B

IC721

VPS16

OUTPUT-AMP

R/G/B/BLK

IC791

M35070-050FP

OSM

AFC(TTL)

V(PUMP)

I 2 CBUS

IC801

CPU

Q797

S_BIAS

IC501

HE6-0092

DSP(OSC IC)

VD_SELF

IC8M1

BU6483K

AUTO SIZE

DEFLECTION

CIRCUIT

(Fig1.6) Self Test

8-6

2. DEFLECTION CIRCUIT

2-1. The oscillation and deflection control integrated circuit

The oscillation and the deflection circuit is generated by IC501. IC501 has digital signal processor (DSP) and generates variety of correction signals by calculations. The feature of IC501 are low tolerance and low drift of temperature compared with current analog circuit. The functions of IC501 are Horizontal oscillation,

Vertical oscillation, Horizontal position control, Distortion correction, Dynamic focus control, Moire canceler, and Convergence correction. These correction signals generated by DSP are converted to analog signal by the D/A converter, and these signals are output from IC output terminal.

1) Digital Signal Processor (DSP)

The digital signal processor generates variety of correction signals by calculations based on MPU (IC801) data. The DSP generate saw wave by MPU data. The signal, after the AGC in this saw wave, is moved to the reference signal. This reference signal generates various correction signals. All the signal wave shape formation inside DSP are done by the operation. The output signals from DSP are converted to analog signal by the D/A converter, and then these signals are output from IC output terminal.

V.sync

IC501

DSP

Vertical saw wave

DATA

Distortion correction wave

MPU AGC

Moire cancel wave D/A

converter

Reference

signal Dynamic focus wave

Convergence correction wave

(Fig. 2.1) Digital Signal Processor (DSP)

2) 1bit D/A converter (1bit DAC)

Most of the signals which are generated by DSP are output from 1 bit D/A converter. The 1bit D/A converter is pulse width modulation (PWM) circuit which is operated with 25MHz internal clock signal. The 3.3Vp-p signal which is modulated by pulse width is output from the 1bit D/A converter output terminal. This signal is integrated by integration circuit which is composed of resistor and capacitor and creates vertical periodic wave. The vertical dynamic focus control, distortion correction, convergence correction and moire canceler signals are output from the 1bit D/A converter.

Integration circuit

1bit D/A OUTPUT

3.3Vp-p Operated by 25MHz clock.

(Fig. 2.2) 1bit D/A converter

8-7

2-2.HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION CIRCUIT

1) Horizontal oscillation circuit and Horizontal position control circuit

The horizontal oscillation circuit and the horizontal position control circuit are constructed by IC501. The horizontal oscillation circuit in IC501 is composed of two PLL ( Phase Locked Loop) circuit (PLL1 circuit and

PLL2 circuit).

a. PLL1 circuit

MPU (IC801) measures the horizontal frequency of input signal and set the data to the frequency divider of PLL circuit ( PLL1 and PLL2 ) in IC501. Then IC501 oscillates and controls horizontal position by PLL1 circuit based on MPU data.

The peripheral circuit of pin 13 is filter circuit and decides response characteristic of horizontal frequency.

The voltage at pin 13 is approximately 1 volt DC. The resistors connected to pin 14 and pin 16 (R503 and

R504 ) decide pull-in range of horizontal frequency. Pin 18 is reference voltage terminal of PLL (PLL1 and

PLL ) circuit and outputs 0.92 volt.

H. Position/Phase

IC501

1/N Divider To PLL2

1/N Divider

H. sync Phase Comparator

VCO Reference Voltage

Approx. 1Vdc

R50J

Filter Circuit

13

C506

14 16 18

R502

C507

Q505

R504

R503

Approx. 1Vdc

C509

0.92Vdc

(Fig. 2.3) PLL1 circuit b. PLL2 circuit

The PLL2 circuit operates phase locking of fly-back pulse at IC501 pin 27 and duty cycle control of horizontal drive pulse at IC501 pin 25. The composition of PLL2 circuit is similar to PLL1 circuit. The peripheral circuit of pin 20 is filter circuit and decides response characteristic of horizontal frequency. The voltage at pin 20 is approximately 1 volt DC. The resistors connected to pin 17 and pin 19 (R507 and

R508) of horizontal frequency.

IC501 operates phase locking by comparing internal PLL1 circuit output signal with fly-back pulse. The duty ratio of horizontal drive pulse at IC501 pin 25 is set to approximately 50% by MPU data and this duty ratio does not depend on horizontal frequency.

8-8

1/N Divider

IC501

From PLL1

Phase Comparator

Approx.1Vdc

20 19

VCO

17

Duty cycle

control

H. drive

pulse

Q504 0.92Vdc

R507

R509

C510

R510

C511

R508

Filter Circuit

Approx.1Vdc

(Fig. 2.4) PLL2 circuit

2) Distortion correction circuit a. Size distortion correction circuit

This model has 6 size distortion correction items. (SIDE PIN, ALIGN, CORNER TOP, CORNER BOTTOM,

S-WAVE, SIDE WING). MPU controls these distortion correction data of IC501. DSP in IC501 generates these correction signals and outputs distortion correction signal which is combined each of the correction signals. The distortion correction signal is output from 1bit D/A converter at pin 64, and is integrated by integration circuit which is composed of R544 and C524. This integrated signal is inverted by IC510, and

IC510 output signal is input into the distortion correction output circuit.

The figure 2.6. shows the screen image and voltage waveform at C524, when the size distortion correction are operated by OSM.

3.3V

Approx.0.5Vp-p

R548

R549

IC510

E/W. output

(1bitDAC)

64

R544

IC510

R545

C524

R546

Integration circuit Inverting circuit

(Fig. 2.5) size distortion correction signal output

Approx.0.5Vp-p

8-9

IMAGE C524 WAVE

IN/OUT

C524 WAVE IMAGE

ALIGN

CORNER

TOP

CORNER

BOTTOM

S-WAVE

SIDE WING

MIN.

OSM MENU MAX.

(Fig. 2.6) Voltage at C524 and screen image b. Phase distortion correction circuit

This model has 4 phase distortion correction items. (SIDE PIN BALANCE, TILT, CORNER TOP

BALANCE, CORNER BOTTOM BALANCE). The distortion correction signal is output from 1bit D/A converter at pin 57, and is integrated by integration circuit which is composed of R525 and C519. This integrated signal is added to filter terminal at pin 20 (PLL2 filter circuit) via C508 and R505.

The figure 2.8. shows the screen image and voltage waveform at C519, when the phase distortion correction are operated by OSM.

1bit DAC

57

Approx.1Vdc

C508

20

Q504

R526 R506

R509

R510

C519

C510

Integration Circuit

(Fig. 2.7) phase distortion correction circuit

C511

8-10

IMAGE C519 WAVE

LEFT/RIGHT

C519 WAVE IMAGE

TILT

CORNER

TOP BALANCE

CORNER

BTM BALANCE

MIN.

OSM MENU MAX.

(Fig.2.8) voltage at C519 and screen image

3) Horizontal Drive Circuit

The horizontal drive system uses what is generally referred to as a flyback system.

The horizontal drive pulse output from IC501 pin 25 switches Q555 on and off.

It is amplified by T551 and switches Q561 (the horizontal output transistor) on and off.

The voltage of C552 for horizontal drive is fixed at 15V.

4) Horizontal Deflection Output Circuit

It corrects the optimum horizontal linearity by using Linear-coil and S correction capacitor to change the horizontal frequency mode. Horizontal frequency mode is shown in CPU CIRCUIT description section.

The Inductance of Linear-coil (T571) varies with horizontal frequency.

5) Horizontal Size Control Circuit

Horizontal size is controlled by power-supply voltage for a horizontal deflection made using PWM method.

The horizontal size is controlled by two methods. One is H-SIZE which can be adjusted with a user menu, and the other is H-SIZE MAX which can be adjusted only with a service menu. The horizontal size control circuit consists of the circuit shown in the following.

• Saw-tooth-wave form generator

• Switching pulse generator

• PWM Chopper

• +B modulation circuit

A saw-tooth wave form is generated inside IC592 . Its frequency is depend on horizontal drive pulse signal input at pin 8 and its slope is decided by the time constant of R59J and C598. The waveform can be monitored at pin 3.

Horizontal size control voltage is compared with reference voltage from pin 6 of IC592, output is fed into pin1 of IC592. On the other hand, horizontal maximum size control voltage is compared with AFC feedback voltage and then output is fed to a buffer circuit inside IC592 at pin5 and output at pin4 of IC592.

These 2 comparing voltages that are inputted at pin 1 and 13 shall be compared within IC592 as well as feedback from output voltage of PWM chopper circuit. Output of comparison is the voltage that controls the duty cycle of square wave that generated from saw-tooth waveform. Square wave is buffered and output at pin 9 of IC592 to the gate of Q5G1,PWM modulation.

Source voltage (220V) of Q5G1 is converted into horizontal deflection voltage by the duty cycle of the square wave. This voltage is supplied to a horizontal size modulation circuit consists of Q5A1, R5AC, R5AE, C5A5,

C5A8, and ZD5A1. Transistor Q5A1 modulates chopper DC output voltage from L5G2, C5G3. Self bias voltage by R5AC and R5AE , and a modulation wave form( E/W parabolic wave form) is applied to a base through

C5A6. A modulation wave form is made in the distortion correction circuit described in below section

8-11

E/W from IC501

H_Drive

Pulse

(H)

H.SIZE MAX

H.SIZE

+

(V)

Amplifier

IC5GA

220V

PWM Chopper

Q5G1

C598

(H)

3 2

R59J

8

SAW GEN

Error Amp

6

Ref.

Voltage

1 13

IC591

PWM Amp

9

Bufferr Amp

4 5

IC592

FB

+

(H)

+B Modulator

Q5A1

+B

(V)

H.Out Trans

H.Def Out

AFC_Feedback

(Fig. 2.9) HORIZONTAL SIZE CONTROL CIRCUIT a. Horizontal size modulation circuit

The transistor Q5A1modulates the Chopper output voltage that location is C5G3. This transistor is biased by R5AC and R5AE and the modulation wave is added to the base through C5A6. The modulation wave is made by Horizontal size correction circuit which is described section 2).

b. User H SIZE control

OSM control for users vary from 0 to 255. At this time, the voltage of IC532 pin 5 (HS control line) vary from 5V to 0.9V.

The horizontal video size reduces as much as approximately 78% irrespective of the horizontal frequency when the maximum size is taken to 100%.

c. H SIZE MAX control

The H SIZE MAX control is accessible in service mode only, and this control sets the maximum horizontal size. The H SIZE for user control vary from the horizontal maximum size which is adjusted at this stage to less than the H SIZE MAX. H SIZE MAX control vary from 0 to 255 on OSM menu, and the voltage of

IC532 pin 6 output voltage vary from approximately 0.9V to 5V. The horizontal maximum size control voltage (HSM)is output to IC591 pin 10 and is compared to the HS voltage (IC591 pin 9) . The HSM output voltage is converted to slice voltage at the comparator for PWM control which is input to error amplifier IC592 pin 1.

8-12

The H SIZE MAX has two area of memory (H SIZE MAX 1 and 2) which is selected by the below table.

H Frequency Range[KHz]

101.0 - 115.0

82.6 - 101.0

69.5 - 82.6

52.7 - 69.5

49.0 - 52.7

41.5 - 49.0

36.6 - 41.5

33.6 - 36.6

30.8 - 33.6

Selected Memory

H SIZE MAX 2

H SIZE MAX 2

H SIZE MAX 2

H SIZE MAX 2

H SIZE MAX 1

H SIZE MAX 1

H SIZE MAX 1

H SIZE MAX 1

H SIZE MAX 2

6) Rotation Correction Circuit

Raster rotation is corrected by moving the electron beam in the magnetic field produced by current applied to the Z-coil. The amount of correction is proportional to the current applied to the Z-coil and the correction can be adjusted with the control voltage (DC) of the D/A converter. The DC voltage output from IC532(D/A converter) pin 15 generates current to flow in the Z coil, and amount of rotation is determined. User can adjust the level of rotation by operating OSM menu (Rotate).

(Fig. 2.10) Rotation Correction Circuit

7) H Centering Circuit

Switching regulator generates the floating 5.5 volts which is compared to the deflection circuit power supply voltage ( high B+ voltage). This voltage is divided by VR581 (H centering) and is supplied to the base of

Q581. The voltage differences of Q581's base and emitters is supplied to L562.

Horizontal centering is manipulated by the current supplied by L562 to the horizontal deflection circuit.

8-13

2-3. VERTICAL DEFRECTION CIRCUIT

The vertical deflection circuit is constructed by following three blocks.

1) Sawtooth wave generating, vertical size and position control and linearity control circuits

2) Vertical filter circuit

3) Vertical output amplifier circuit a. Sawtooth wave generating, vertical size and position control and linearity control circuits

The vertical sync signal from IC7A1 on VIDEO PWB is fed to IC501 pin 42 on OSC PWB. DSP in IC501 generates saw wave by calculations. The signal, after the AGC in this saw wave, is moved to vertical deflection control signal. This vertical deflection control signal is output from IC501 pin 1. After IC501 receives vertical size data, vertical position data, vertical max. size data, vertical raster position data, vertical linearity data and vertical linearity balance data from MPU, IC501 pin 1 outputs vertical saw wave which is controlled by these correction items.

The vertical max. size control is standard adjustment item for vertical size. The vertical raster position control is standard adjustment item for vertical position. These control items do not have the function of tracking operation for distortion correction.

b. Vertical filter circuit

IC501 pin 1 output of vertical saw wave is converted 1.7V DC to 0V DC and amplified 14.5 times by

IC511.

The output signal of IC501 includes digital noise because it is generated by digital circuit. After this digital noise is eliminated by filter circuit which are composed of IC421 and its peripheral circuit, the vertical saw wave is sent to the vertical output amplifier circuit.

The vertical saw wave is input to IC421 pin 3. After this vertical saw wave is combined with output signal at IC421 pin 7, this combined signal passes the low pass filter composed of R529 and C423. The low pass filter eliminates the digital noise and the vertical saw wave output from IC421 pin 8. Q421, Q422 and Q423 are correction circuit for vertical linearity. These FET are controlled by IC532 based on vertical frequency. Figure 2.12 shows IC532 output voltage.

R421 R422

1.7Vdc out

Vertical output

10bitDAC

6

IC421

C429

5

7

2

1

R50P

IC511

R50C

R50A

R50M

R50E

IC511

R423

R424

13

R425

R427 R428

2

1

12

14

3

R429

C424~C426

R426

C423

9

IC421

8

10

0Vdc

Approx.0.55Vp-p 1.7Vdc

Q421 Q422 Q423

(Fig. 2.11) vertical saw wave output and filter circuits

Approx.8Vp-p

8-14

pin4 (Q421 Gate) pin18 (Q422 Gate) pin19 (Q422 Gate)

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

55 70 90 105 130 160

vertical frequency (Hz)

(Fig. 2.12) IC532 output voltage c. Vertical output amplifier circuit

The current proportional to the input voltage to IC401 is supplied to the vertical deflection coil (V-DY).

The vertical deflection current is taken as voltage wave form on R406 and fed back to IC401.

R404

V SAW Input

R403

6

−

5

＋

IC401

V-DY

3

R401

2 7

-15.6V

+14.5V

Pump Up 2

4

10 9

Pump Up 1

(Fig. 2.13) Vertical output amplifier circuit

8

R406

8-15

3. HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUIT

The high voltage circuit consists of the high voltage control circuit, and Q5R1 and its peripheral circuits made up for the high voltage output circuit and the high voltage protection circuit for instance of high voltages circuit irregular operation.

1) High Voltage Control Circuit

ICD5P1 is high voltage control integrated circuit.

The high voltage detection voltage is output to TP-HV from the FBT’s internal bleeder resistor.

The AFC pulse output from the horizontal output transformer (T561) is input to 4pin of ICD5P1, and the sawtooth wave is generated in ICD5P1. This sawtooth wave is compared with the high voltage detection voltage and the drive pulse applied to the gate of Q5R1 is generated. This pulse width becomes narrower when the high voltage rises, and becomes wider when high voltage drops.

2) High Voltage Output Circuit

The output circuit operates depending on the drive pulse applied to the gate of Q5R1, and the fly-back pulse is produced at pin 1 of T5R1 (FBT). The drive pulse width changes with respect to the high voltage fluctuation resulting from changes in the CRT beam current and operation frequency, the peak value of the corrector pulse changes, and high voltage stabilization is performed.

3) High Voltage Protector Circuit

This circuit consists of the X-ray protector which stops the operation of the control circuit when the high voltage rises abnormally, and the overcurrent protector which operates when the current flowing into FBT

(T5R1) has increased. Once the X-ray protector and the over current protector have started operation, their operation is not canceled unless the power supply is switched off, and then on again.

* X-ray protector

When the high voltage rises, the voltage of T5R1 (FBT) pin 10 rises. This voltage is compared with the reference voltage in IC2001, and when the reference voltage is exceeded, the comparator operates and output voltage of IC2001 (5pin) is high level, then the operation of the high voltage control circuit is stopped.

* Overcurrent Protector

When the current flowing into T5R1 (FBT) pin 2 increases, Q5F1 operates and Q5F3 is switched on.

Also when the current flowing into T5R1 (FBT) pin 8 increases, Q5F2 operates and Q5F3 is switched on.

When Q5F3 is switched on, Q5F4 is switched on and the voltage of ICD5P1 10pin rises.

Then latch circuit inside ICD5P1 operates and the high voltage control circuit is stopped.

8-16

(Fig.3.1) HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUIT AND PROTECTOR CIRCUIT

8-17

4. BLANKING CIRCUIT

The blanking circuit consists of Q7E1 through Q7E3 which amplify the blanking pulse, the spot killer circuit and the auto adjust blanking circuit.

1) Blanking Circuit

The IC501(DSP) on OSC PWB generates the blanking pulse which are mixed the horizontal blanking pulse and the vertical blanking pulse and outputs the blanking pulse(VH_BLK) from pin40. The blanking pulse is amplified by Q7E1 through Q7E3 and are applied to G1. Therefore during the horizontal and vertical retrace periods, the voltage of G1 becomes low and then the raster is disappeared.

2) Spot Killer Circuit

The spot killer circuit operates when the display is turned off ,the suspend and the off modes. When the power is on, Q781 is turned off by 8.8V of C781 and the collector voltage of Q781 becomes 137V. When the display is turn off, the Q781 is activated by the voltage of 8.8V power supply drop. Then the collector voltage of Q781 becomes 0V from 137V. Therefore G1 voltage is changed to -137V by the change of C783 charge. It is the same with the suspend and the off modes. Then the raster is cut off.

3) Auto Adjust Blanking Circuit

The auto adjust blanking circuit operates one second when the user proceeds the auto adjust on OSM.

Then Q7K2 is activated by the change of the AS_BLK voltage. Then Q7K3 and Q7K1 are turned off.

Therefore G1 voltage is change to -80V and the raster is cut off.

CRT G1

+220V

SPOT KILLER CIRCUIT

R785 R786

R784

R787 C783 D783

C781 D781

Q781

R783 D784

AUTO ADJUST BLANKING CIRCUIT

R781

R782

D782

+8.8V

+12V R7E4 R7E5

R7E6

Q7E2

C7E1 R7E2

Q7E1

VH_BLK

D7E1

-15V

R7E3 R7E7

Q7E3

G1 BLANKING CIRCUIT

C7E4

D7K1

R7K1

Q7K1

C7K1

-80V

R7K3

R7K4

R7K2 Q7K3

R7K5

Q7K2

+12V

AS_BLK

(Fig.4.1) Blanking Circuit

8-18

5. DYNAMIC FOCUS CIRCUIT

The dynamic focus circuit section is made up of following three blocks:

1) The horizontal parabolic wave generation and gain control circuit

2) The vertical parabolic wave generation and gain control circuit

3) The output amplifier circuit and the coupling circuit

1) The horizontal parabolic wave generation and gain control circuit

IC501 generates horizontal dynamic focus signal controlled by MPU data based on horizontal frequency and horizontal screen size. The horizontal dynamic focus signal which is generated by internal logic circuit is multiplied with vertical period signal which is created by DSP. The multiplier inside IC501 outputs the horizontal dynamic focus signal modulated with the vertical signal. This signal is output from 8bit D/A converter at pin 10 after it is converted to analog signal. The output signal at pin 10 is smoothed by noise filter composed of R501 and C501. After this signal is inverted and amplified approximately 14 times by

IC513, it is sent to the horizontal dynamic focus output circuit.

1H

3.3V

R50G

Aprox. 0.5Vp-p

R50H

IC513

R501

H.DF. Output

(8bit DAC)

10

R50K

Aprox. 7Vp-p

C501

IC513

R50L

Noise filter

Inverting amplifier

(Aprox.14times )

(Fig. 5.1) The horizontal parabolic wave generation and gain control circuit

2) The vertical parabolic wave generation and gain control circuit

The vertical parabolic wave is generated by DSP. IC501 generates vertical parabolic wave by calculation based on MPU data and outputs vertical dynamic focus correction signal at IC501 pin 58. This signal is integrated by integration circuit composed of R527 and C520. After this signal is inverted and amplified approximately 3 times by IC510, it is sent to the vertical dynamic focus output circuit.

8-19

1V

Aprox. 1Vp-p

R528

3.3V

R529

V.DF. output

(1bitDAC)

58

R527

C520 IC510

R541

IC510

Aprox. 3Vp-p

R540

Integration circuit Inverting amplifier

(3times amplifier)

(Fig. 5.2) The vertical parabolic wave generation and gain control circuit

3) The output amplifier circuit and the coupling circuit

The horizontal and vertical parabola waveforms output from IC501 are clamped before each output circuit for wide dynamic range of the output circuit. The clamp voltage is determined by the voltages of

ZD951 (for the horizontal parabolic wave) and ZD981 (for the vertical parabolic wave).

After the clamp circuit, the horizontal parabola waveform is amplified approximately 12 times by Q981.

The output signal at Q981 collector is input to T981 via the buffer circuit which is composed of Q982,

Q983, Q984 and Q985. The gain of T981 is approximately 9. The vertical parabola waveform is amplified approximately 80 times by Q987. The output signal at Q987 collector modulates the secondary winding of T981 as the vertical parabola waveform. Therefore, T981 outputs the horizontal parabola waveform which is modulated by the vertical waveform. This modulated waveform is input to the CRT focus grid via the built-in capacitor of T5R1 (FBT).

+80V

R983

Q982

From IC513

R953

Q951

R952

+15V

C989

R985

Q984

R989 C983

+12V

D981 R986

R951

Q983

Q985

D982

Q981 T981

C958 D951

+220V

R984

ZD951

R991

R993

C959 R990

From IC510

C984

ZD981

D984

C986

R992

-80V

(Fig. 5.3) The dynamic focus output circuit

To FBT(T5R1)

C985

8-20

6. CPU CIRCUIT

1) CPU

IC801: 8 bit CPU / CMOS IC

IC802: EEPROM / CMOS IC

IC571: I/O Expander

This system has the following functions.

Frequency Counter

I 2 C BUS control fH band

Degaussing Control

DAC control (see 2. DC Control Circuit)

PMS control (see 3. Power Management system (PMS) Circuit )

OSD control (see 5. User Control Operation) a. Frequency Counter

IC801 counts Horizontal frequency by event counter, Vertical frequency by interval timer. Horizontal sync is negative input to IC801 pin 4. Vertical sync is positive input to IC801 pin 36.

Sync range

Horizontal 31.0 - 115.0 kHz

Vertical 55.0 - 160 Hz

If Horizontal frequency is less than 1 kHz or Vertical frequency is less than 10 Hz, IC801 judges “NO

PULSE”. And IC801 enters to “PMS MODE”.

b. I 2 C BUS control

CPU (IC801) controls the following ICs through I 2 C BUS.

DAC

PREAMP

E 2 PROM

I/O EXPANDER

OSC IC(DSP)

OSD IC

SUB CPU

AUTO SIZE IC

IC751(M62393FP)

IC571(M62320FP)

IC501(HE6-0092)

、IC532(M62392FP)

IC711(M52742ASP)

IC802(24LC08,M24C08)

IC791(M35070-050FP)

、IC8A1(24LCS21A)

IC851(MC68HC705BD32FU)

IC8M1(BU6483K)

8-21

c. Fh Band fH1 fH2 fH3 fH5 fH6 fH7

33.6kHz

30.8kHz

41.5kHz

36.6kHz

49kHz

45.8kHz

65.5kHz

57kHz

82.6kHz

115kHz

52.7kHz

69.5kHz

101kHz

(Fig. 6.1) Output fh Band status (IC571)

Attention: fH1 to 7 Band signals are output for horizontal output circuit control to keep the horizontal linearity constant.

d. Degaussing Control

Manual degaussing signal. IC801 pin 53 becomes High for 3 seconds when user presses the

“PROCEED” switch while “DEGAUSS” (MENU(u) - “BRIGHTNESS & CONTRAST”) or “GLOBALSYNC”

(MENU(u) - “TOOL2”) is highlighted, the monitor is powered on.

DAC - ”ROTATE”,”GLOBALSYNC”, and “CONVERGENCE” data value is set to center, while degaussing. This pin will be LOW in normal condition.

8-22

PORT

A01

A02

A03

A04

A05

A06

A07

A08

A09

A10

A11

A12

2) DC Control Circuit

CPU (IC801) controls three DAC ICs (IC532, IC751, IC711) through I 2 C BUS. Its analog outputs control

DAC output so that the analog voltage corresponds to the DC control data from CPU. IC802 is an EEPROM which stores the DC control data for preset graphics standard timings.

Table 1 Summary of DAC control (IC532 on DEF PWB: CS0=CS1=CS2=0)

NAME Summary

COR_LT Corner Landing Adjustment (LEFT TOP)

ROT

EMF

H_LIN

FV_L2

FV_L3

FV_L1

HS

HSM

Raster Rotation Adjustment

Earth Magnetic Field Correction

Horizontal Linearity Adjustment

Vertical Filter Switch 2



Horizontal Size Adjustment

Horizontal Maximum Size Adjustment

COR_RB Corner Landing Adjustment (RIGHT BOTTOM)

COR_RT Corner Landing Adjustment (RIGHT TOP)

COR_LB Corner Landing Adjustment (LEFT BOTTOM)

PORT

A01

A02

A03

A04

A05

A06

A07

A08

Table 2 Summary of DAC control (IC751 on VIDEO PWB: CS0=1 CS1=CS2=0)

NAME Summary

Not in use

SUB_BIAS CRT Cut off adjustment

G_BIAS CRT Cut off adjustment (Green)

G_BRT

B_BRT

B_BIAS

R_BIAS

R_BRT

Brightness tracking adjustment (Green)

Brightness tracking adjustment (Blue)

CRT Cut off adjustment (Blue)

CRT Cut off adjustment (Red)

Brightness tracking adjustment (Red)

PORT

D/A OUT1

Table 3 Summary of DAC control (IC711 on VIDEO PWB)

NAME

SHARP1 Picture sharpness control 1

D/A OUT2

D/A OUT3

SHARP2

SHARP3

Picture sharpness control 2

Picture sharpness control 3

D/A OUT4 GAIN_ADJ Video gain adjustment

Summary

8-23

3) Power Management System (PMS) Circuit

PMS circuits reduce power consumption. They have 3 modes of stand-by, suspend and off.

Mode

On

Stand-by

Suspend

Off

Table 4 PMS Mode (IC801)

Pin 22 PMS_SUS# Pin 8 PMS_OFF#

High

High

Low

Low

High

High

High

Low

Pin 54 POWER LED

Low

Low

Pulse(1KHz)

High a. Stand-by Mode

When the horizontal sync is not input, this monitor enters stand-by mode in a few seconds. The video signal of IC711 pin 29, 32, 35 are stopped by the video blank signal from IC801 pin 10. Then CPU (IC801) controls the DAC outputs of the I/O Expander(IC571) to high. (fH1~fH3 and fH5~fH7 becomes high.)

When the horizontal sync is input, this monitor returns to normal operation mode with the shortest recovery time.

b. Suspend Mode

When the vertical sync is not input, this monitor enters suspend mode in a few seconds. IC801 outputs pulse(1kHz) from pin 54. Because Q101 and Q102 toggle on-off alternately, LED111,LED112 and

LED113 turn yellow. IC801 pin 22 outputs low to operate each power saving circuit. When the vertical sync is input to this monitor, it becomes normal operation mode with longer recovery time than stand-by

Mode.

c. OFF mode

When the horizontal sync and vertical sync are not input, this monitor enters off mode in a few seconds.

IC801 pin 8 becomes low, then IC8G2 (5V regulator) turns off.

8-24

4) Plug and Play (DDC 1 / 2)

VESA Display Data Channels (DDC) a. DDC1

When the monitor is turned on, the operation mode starts in DDC1 mode. When the VCLK (SYNC) is provided to IC8A1 pin 7, serial data stream is generated from the IC8A1 pin 5 by synchronizing with the rising edge of the VCLK. The contents of the serial data (SDA) is called EDID, and it contains the information of monitor’s specification and supported signals. The EDID is composed of 8 bits, 128 bytes, but the individual data is composed of 9 bits. The 9th bit is always low and is ignored. If 128 bytes are finished to generate, then the 24LCS21A starts to generate the first byte. This operation lasts continuously until the operation mode changes to DDC2B.

SDA

VCLK

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 b. DDC2B

When the SCL (IC8A1 pin 6) input is changed from high to low, the operation mode changes from DDC1 to DDC2B. The output data is the same as DDC1 (EDID), but the communication protocol is different. In

DDC2B mode, the serial data is communicated by I 2 C-bus protocol. The operation mode never go back from DDC2B to DDC1 except by turning off the monitor.

SDA

SCL

VCLK

DDC1 mode DDC2B mode

8-25

5) User Control Operation

User Control Interface (IC801)

Pushed SW

Table 5 Input (IC801) pin 33 pin 32 pin 34 pin 31 pin 30 pin 29 pin 28 pin27

EXIT

-

6

5

+

Low

High

High

High

High

High

Low

High

High

High

High

High

Low

High

High

High

High

High

Low

High

High

High

High

High

Low

High

High

High

High

High

High

High

High

High

High

High

High

High

High

High

PROCEED

RESET

BNC/D-SUB

High

High

High

High

High

High

High

High

High

High

High

High

High

High

High

Low

High

High

High

Low

High

High

High

Low a. OSD

This model is adjusted through OSD ( On Screen Display ; it is called OSM TM in the USA), by operating

Control Panel. It is located on the lower center of front panel.

EXIT

-

5

+

6

PROCEED RESET BNC/D-SUB

(Fig. 6.2) Control Panel

8-26

b. OSM MENU structure is as below. (It is structured “TAB”, “SUB MENU”)

TAB

ITEM press “PROCEED”

-

5

6

+

PROCEED

MENU

(Fig. 6.3) SUB MENU

Table 6 USER CONTROL SWITCH FUNCTION

“EXIT” “-” “+” “

5”

KEY

“

6”

TAB

TAB

TAB

ITEM n

ITEM

ITEM

SUBMENU

ITEM

SUBMENU

ITEM

ALLITEM

ITEM

TAB

TAB n n n

* : Valid only if highlighted bar is on top ITEM

** : Valid only if highlighted bar is on bottom ITEM n n n* n n n**

“PROCEED” n

8-27

c. How to display OSM MENU

MENU(u) : Press “EXIT” or “-”, “+”, “ 5”, “6”, “PROCEED” once when OSM MENU is not displayed.

EXIT

5

+

6

CONTROL PROCEED RESET BNC/D-SUB

“-” d. How to change TAB press “-” OR “+” switch while highlighted bar is on TAB

EXIT

-

5

+

6


“+”

8-28

e. Select ITEM

Press “ 5” or “6” switch

EXIT

5

+

6


“ 6”

6) Change DATA Value

Press “-” or “+” switch while highlighted BAR is on ITEM

EXIT

5

+

6


“-”

“+”

8-29

7) Save DATA Value To Memory

Move highlighted BAR to other “ITEM” or “TAB” (press “EXIT” or “ 6”, “5”)

-

5

+

6

CONTROL PROCEED RESET BNC/D-SUB EXIT

8) Open SUB MENU

Press “PROCEED” switch when the highlighted “ITEM” contains “..

→

”

EXIT

-

5

+

6


9) Turn off OSM MENU

Press “EXIT” switch once : when highlighted BAR is on “TAB” twice : when highlighted BAR is on “TAB” three times : when entering “SUB MENU”

8-30

Turn off OSM MENU

10) Open MENU(S)

Open menu “INFORMATION” - “DISPLAY MODE” then press “RESET” and “+”, “-” switch at same time

EXIT

-

5

+

6


A warning message will be displayed, then press “PROCEED”

8-31

•

OSM MENU Structure

1. MENU (u)

(Fig. 6.4) MENU(u) - “BRIGHTNESS&CONTRAST” (Fig. 6.5) MENU(u) - “SIZE & POSITION”

(Fig. 6.6) MENU (u) - “RGB” (Fig. 6.7) MENU(u) “GEOMETRY”

(Fig. 6.8) MENU(u) - “TOOL1” (Fig. 6.9) SUB MENU(u) - “MOIRE CANCELER”

(Fig. 6.10) SUB MENU(u) - “BASIC CONVERGENCE”

8-32

(Fig. 6.11) SUB MENU(u) - “AREA CONVERGENCE” (Fig. 6.12) SUB MENU(u) - “CORNER CORRECTION”

(Fig. 6.13) SUB MENU(u) - “LINEARITY” (Fig. 6.14) SUB MENU(u) - “GLOBALSYNC 1”

(Fig. 6.15) SUB MENU(u) - “GLOBALSYNC 2” (Fig. 6.16) SUB MENU(u) -“SHARPNESS”

8-33

(Fig. 6.17) MENU(u) - “FACTORY PRESET” (Fig. 6.18) SUB MENU(u) - “TOOL2”

(Fig. 6.19) MENU(u) - “LANGUAGE” (Fig. 6.20) SUB MENU(u) - “OSM POSITION”

(Fig. 6.21) SUB MENU(u) - “OSM TURN OFF” (Fig. 6.22) SUB MENU(u) - “OSM LOCK OUT1”

(Fig. 6.23) SUB MENU(u) - “OSM LOCK OUT2” (Fig. 6.24) SUB MENU(u) - “IPM OFF MODE”

8-34

(Fig. 6.25) SUB MENU (u) - “EDGE LOCK” (Fig. 6.26) SUB MENU(u)- “REFRESH NOTIFIER”

(Fig. 6.27) “REFRESH NOTIFIRE” MESSAGE“ (Fig. 6.28) MENU(u) - “INFORMATION”

(Fig. 6.29) SUB MENU(u) - “DISPLAY MODE” (Fig. 6.30) SUB MENU(u) - “FITNESS TIPS”

(Fig. 6.31) “FITNESS TIPS” MESSAGE-1 (Fig. 6.32) “FITNESS TIPS” MESSAGE-2

8-35

(Fig. 6.33) “FITNESS TIPS” MESSAGE-3 (Fig. 6.34) SUB MENU(u) - “MONITOR INFO.”

2. MENU(s)

(Fig. 6.35) MENU(s) - TAG1 (Fig. 6.36) MENU(s) - TAG2



8-36


(Fig. 6.43) MENU(s) - TAG9 (Fig. 6.44) MENU(s) - TAG A

(Fig. 6.45) MENU(s) - TAG B (Fig. 6.46) MENU(s) - TAG C

(Fig. 6.47) MENU(s) - TAG D (Fig. 6.48) MENU(s) - TAG D

8-37

Factory Preset

Open Menu (u) - “TOOL1”, then move highlighted BAR to “FACTORY PRESET”

“Warning message” will be displayed, when “RESET” switch is pressed.

All user setting are set to “FACTORY PRESET” value when “PROCEED” switch is pressed.

TAB

BRIGHTNESS

& CONTRAST

SIZE & POSITION

RGB

GEOMETRY

TOOL1

TOOL2

INFORMATION

Table 11 FACTORY PRESET

ITEM preset value

BRIGHTNESS

CONTRAST

DEGAUSS

ALL ITEMS

12345

SET TO FACTORY PRESET

A/R/AS ver.:MAXIMUM B ver.:90cd

---


NO. 1 (9300K)

RED, GREEN, BLUE

ALL ITEMS

MOIRE CANCELER



MODE : OFF

LEVEL : MINIMUM

BASIC CONVERGENCE SET TO FACTORY PRESET

AREA CONVERGENCE SET TO FACTORY PRESET

CORNER CORRECTION SET TO FACTORY PRESET

LINEARITY SET TO FACTORY PRESET

GLOBALSYNC

SHARPNESS

LANGUAGE


MODE 2

NO CHANGE

OSM POSITION

OSM TURN OFF

OSM LOCK OUT

IPM

EDGE LOCK

REFRESH NOTIFIER

FITNESS TIPS


30 SECONDS

---

NO CHANGE

NO CHANGE

MODE:OFF

OFF

8-38

FITNESS TIPS

How to confirm “FITNESS TIPS” message.

1) Open SUB MENU (u) - “INFORMATION” - “FITNESS TIPS”

2) Press “+” and “ −” switch together, then message will be displayed.

3) Press “+” switch, then message will change.

4) Press “+” switch, then message will change.

5) Press “+” switch, the SUB MENU(u) - “INFORMATION” - “FITNESS TIPS” will be displayed.

OSM LOCK OUT

1) Open MENU (u) - “TOOL2”

2) Move highlighted BAR to “OSM LOCK OUT”

3) Press “PROCEED” switch while “OSM LOCK OUT” is highlighted, then message will be displayed as below.

4) Press “ 5” and “PROCEED” switch together, then message will be displayed as below, and OSM is locked out.

5) Any control switch does not work while OSM is locked out.

6) To unlock “OSM LOCK OUT”, press “ 5” and “PROCEED” switch together when the above message is displayed.

8-39

7. MOIRE CANCELLER

MOIRE canceler circuit is constructed by IC501 and its peripheral circuits. IC501 generates moire canceling signal which the period is double the horizontal and vertical wave signals controlled by MPU data. The moire canceling signal which is modulated by vertical period is output from 1bit D/A converter at pin 23. The output signal at pin 23 is integrated by integrated circuit which is composed of R512 and C513.

The waveform at C513 is vertical periodic signal shown on the diagram (a). The function of this signal is to cancel moire in all screen area with changing vertical modulation value.

When the moire cancel function is activated, pin 22 outputs the square wave signal shown on the diagram (b). This square wave signal is combined with C513 signal by R513, and the combined signal is added to pin 19 via C512 and R511. Pin 22 output signal is shown on this diagram (c). When moire canceler control is operated, the signal at pin 22 is shown on the Fig. 7.2.

Moire cancel vertical modulation items in OSM menu such as “MOIRE SAW TOP” and “MOIRE PARABOLA

T” are set to fixed value. These control items do not have to be adjusted.

Moire out 1bit DAC

19 22 23

R508

R511 C512

R513

C513

R512

Integration

circuit

2H

(b)

1V

(c)

(Fig. 7.1) MOIRE canceler circuit

1V

(a)

22pin voltage

MOIRE CONTROL BAR

MIN.

CENTER MAX.

(Fig.7.2) 22 pin voltage when moire canceler is operated.

GND

8-40

8. SWITCHING REGULATOR CIRCUIT

8-1. Rectifying and Smoothing Circuit

AC input is rectified by D601. Then, it is smoothed by C610 and C609.

The resulting DC voltage is supplied to the converter circuit.

AC

D601

C610 C609

AC

-

+

+

-

CONVERTER

CIRCUIT

(Fig. 8-1) Rectifying and Smoothing Circuit

8-2. Auxiliary Power Supply Circuit

The auxiliary power supply circuit need to activate IC621. When the power switch is turn on, the current flows into the capacitor C623 through R634, R635 and D602. Oscillation starts when the voltage of IC621 pin 9 reaches 8V by this action.

After the start of oscillation, the fly-back voltage of the auxiliary winding of T601 is rectified and smoothed by

D625,D623 and C623.

The resulting DC voltage is supplied to IC621 pin 9.

AC

SW601

D602

R634

Q623 R636 D624 L621 T601

R635

IC621

GND

2

VIN 9

C623

R625

+

-

R638

D623 D625

+

C624

-

ZD622

D601

(Fig.8-2) Auxiliary Power Supply Circuit

8-41

8-3. Converter Circuit

The converter circuit consists of the primary winding of T601, a switching device TR1(internal IC621) and surge absorbers (C611, R605 and D603) which are connected to the primary winding of T601.

The oscillating signal through IC621 pin 5,Q624,R622 and C621 applied to IC621 pin 3(the base of TR1) so that the collector-emitter is turned ON and OFF. In result, the oscillating voltage is applied to the primary winding of T601.

T601

D601

IC621

C623

DRIVE

C611

Q624

R605

DRIVE CIRCUIT

SINK

5

R641

Q625

4

R623

B

TR1

C

3

B

1

C

+

-

C621

D603

R622

L601

E 2

GND

R625

D601

(Fig.8-3) Converter Circuit

8-42

8-4. Output Rectifying and Smoothing Circuit

The fly-back voltages which are generated at the secondary windings of T601 are rectified by D6A1, D6E1,

D6F1, D6G2, D6H1 and D6K1. Then, these voltages are smoothed by C6A1, C6A2, C6E1, C6E2, C6F1,

C6F2, C6F3, C6G2, C6H1, C6H2, C6K1 and C6K2 so that DC voltages are obtained.

The DC voltages are maintained constantly by controlling the ON period duty cycle of TR1 (internal IC621) in the converter circuit.

T601 D6A1

+220V

D6E1

C6E1

-

+

D6F1

-

+

C6A1

L6A1

-

+

-

+ L6E1

C6E3

-

+

C6A2

C6E2

+80.2V

+14.5V

C6F1

-

+

-

+

L6F1

C6F2

-

+

C6F3

+8.5V

D6G2

-

+

D6H1 -

+

C6G2

C6H1

L6H1 -

+

C6H2

GND

-15.6V

F5.5V

D6K1

-

+

C6K1

L6K1

+

-

C6K2

FG

(Fig.8-4) Output Rectifying and smoothing Circuit

8-43

8-5. Error Detection Amplifier Circuit

The output voltage +80.2V is compared with the reference voltage at the error amplifier IC671.

An error signal is applied to the control circuit via the photocupler PC621.

+80.2V

PC621

R674

CONTROL

CIRCUIT

R675

2

IC671

1

3

C673

GND

(Fig.8-5) Error Detection Amplifier Circuit

8-6. Over Voltage Protection

If some failure occurs and the output voltage of the secondary windings of T601 increase, the voltage of the auxiliary winding of T601 also increase proportionally. When the voltage of C623 and IC621 pin 9 increase.

This action will stop the oscillator with in IC.

D623 D625 T601

IC621

GND

VIN

9

2 C623

+

-

(Fig.8-6) Over Voltage Protection

8-44

8-7. Degaussing Circuit

When the power switch turns on, or when user accesses the OSM degauss control, the current flows from

CN-PM pin 3 to the base of Q682. Then Q682 and RL6V1 turn on for 3 seconds.

AC

SW601

AC

R6V1

+14.5V

D6V1

Posistor’s

Automatic

Selective

Circuit

RL6V1

Q682

R696

R697

CN-PM

3

GND

TH6V2

TH6V1

DEGAUSSING COIL

(Fig.8-7) Degaussing Circuit

8-45

8-8. Posistor’s Automatic Selective Circuit

When the power switch is turn on, the voltage of C610 is detected by IC6V1.

If AC input voltage is less than AC 150V, IC6V1 output is high.

This will cause Q6V1 and RL6V2 to turn on.

Then the posistor TH6V2 is connected in parallel with TH6V1.

If AC input voltage is more than AC 150V, IC6V1 output is low. This will cause Q6V1 to turn off, and the posistor TH6V2 is not connected.

To Degaussing Coil To Auxiliary Winding

TH6V1

AC

L622

D622

R6V2

TH6V2

To C610

R6W3

R695

Q6V1

RL6V2

R6V5 R6V6

R6V7

R6V9 D6V4

R6W0

D6V3

R6V4

IC6V1

R6V8

IC6V1

C6V3

C6V2 R6V3

R6W1

ZD6V1 C6V4

R694

R6W2

(Fig.8-8) Posistor’s Automatic Selective Circuit

8-46

8-9. Over Current Protection

If some failure occurs and the total power of secondary outputs increase, the peak voltage of IC621 pin6 increases proportionally.

And when the peak voltage of IC621 pin 6 reaches -1V, IC621 decreases ON period duty cycle of TR1 (internal

IC621).

And also the voltage of secondary outputs and the voltage of auxiliary winding of T601 decrease.

When the auxiliary winding T601 decreases below 5V, IC621 operation stop.

But the charging current flows into the capacitor C623 through R634, R635 and IC621 operation start when the voltage of IC621 pin 9 reaches 8V by this action.

So IC621 repeats the intermittent oscillation.

T601

AC D601

SW601

D602

IC621

9

DRIVE CIRCUIT

B

TR1

C

C623

Q624

R641

5

DRIVE

Q625

4

3

B

R623 + R622

-

C621

1

C

L601

R634

R635

C623

+

-

Q623 R636

R638

ZD622

D625

D624

+

-

C624

L621

-1V

E

2

GND

R625

6

OCP

R624

R626

D601

(Fig.8-9) Over Current Protection

8-47

8-10. Power Management System Circuit

When the horizontal and vertical Sync. are missing, the voltage of CN-PM pin 2 becomes low level and Q673 turn off and Q672 turn on.

As current flows via R673, R675 and D673 into a PC621 when Q672 turns on, each output voltage starts lowering and becomes stable. When the voltage of C671 “+” terminal (about +80V at normal output voltage), reduced to about +11V in this event.

The stable power source for IC801 can be established by supplying C671 “+” terminal through R671 and

Q671 while Q672 in on.

This is “SUSPEND STATE” and “OFF STATE” condition.

When the horizontal and vertical Sync applies again, the voltage of CN-PM pin 2 becomes high and Q673 turns on and Q672 turns off.

At this time, each output voltage rise and becomes stable at the normal output voltage.

And “ON STATE” is achieved.

PRIMARY SECONDARY

D6E1 L6E1

To +80.2V

secondary winding

D671

ZD671

R672

R671

+80.2V

C623

9

R621

R675

Q671

D672

R673

R674

+8.5V

IC621

PC621

R676 R677

D673

+

C671

-

7

C674

+

-

C672

ZD672

C673

Q672

R678

Q673

2

IC671

1

3

CN-PM

2

(Fig.8-10) Power Management System Circuit

8-48

8-11. Power Factor Controller Circuit

This circuit is composed of Low pass filter block and Power feedback block. AC input is rectified by D601, then it charge C6Y2, C610 and C609.

C610 is not charged during period

α

and period

γ

from input voltage directly, because the voltage of C6Y2 is smaller than the voltage of C610. Then, C610 is charged during period

α

and period

γ

by Power feedback block. When TR1 (internal IC621) turn on, the N1 winding of T6Y1 is charged with energy. When TR1(internal

IC621) turn off, the N2 winding of T6Y1 discharge energy. So, the voltage of point A is the part of slant line(Fig.8-12 : VC610-VC6Y2).And C610 is charged with feedback energy during period

α

and period

γ

, because the voltage of point A is bigger than the voltage of C610.

C610 is charged during period

β

(Fig.8-12) from input voltage directly.(Power supply which doesn't have

“Power Factor Controller Circuit” is only charged during this period.)

Finally, the voltage of C610 and input current become Wave of Fig.8-12.The harmonic current is decrease, and Power Factor is improved. Because C610 is charged not only period

β

but also many parts of 1 cycle.

POWER FEEDBACK BLOCK

POINT A

LOW PASS FILTER BLOCK

L6Y1

AC

AC

D601

C6Y1

C6Y2

D6Y3

N2

T6Y1 T601

N1

D6Y1

D6Y2

+

-

+

-

C610 C609

C611

D603

R605

IC621

(Fig.8-11) POWER FOCTER CONTROLLER CIRCUIT

V

C6Y2min

GND

VOLTAGE

INPUT CURRENT

B

TR1

C

V

C6Y2

>V

C610

V

C6Y2

<V

C610

V

C610

V

C6Y2

GND

I N2

V C6Y2 <V C610

E

V C6Y2 >V C610

+

I N2 +I D6Y2

3

B

1

C

2

GND

L601

Period

α β γ

(Fig.8-12) VOLTAGE ・INPUT CURRENT

8-49

SW/HV PWB PWE-571

INLET PWB PWE-566A

POWER

SWITCH

INLET

AND

FILTER

RECTIFY

AND

SMOOTH

POWER

FACTOER

CONTROLLER

T601

OUTPUT

RECTIFY

AND

SMOOTH

DEGAUSSING

COIL

DEGAUSSING

CONTROL

POSISTOR’S

AUTOMATIC

SELECTIVE

AUXILIARY

POWER

SUPPLY

CONVERTER

OVER

VOLTAGE

PROTECTION

OVER

CURRENT

PROTECTION

ERROR

DETECTION

AMPLIFIER

POWER

MANAGEMENT

SYSTEM

PMS_SUS

+220V

+80.2V

+14.5V

-15.6V

+8.5V

GND

F5.5V

FG

8-50

9. DYNAMIC CONVERGENCE CORRECTION CIRCUIT

The dynamic convergence is corrected by adjusting the DC,saw wave and parabolic wave current flowing at both (the horizontal and vertical convergence correction) coils which are constructed on the deflection yoke.(refer to Fig.9.1.)

The horizontal convergence correction circuit is same as the vertical convergence correction, the horizontal correction circuit being described below.

The convergence correction wave is generated by DSP(IC501).IC501 generates the DC, vertical saw wave and parabolic wave accordiong to calculation based on MPU data and outputs dynamic convergence correction signal at IC501 pin 61. This signal is integrated at integration circuit composed of R543 and C523.

The output voltage of IC510 (0V-3.3V) generates the convergence correction current which turn the direction at the center voltage (1.65V). This current flows to the feedback resistors (R8H3), and is detected as voltage at the feedback resistors. This voltage is fed back to IC8H1.

I1V

R8H2

R8H6

IC501 IC510

IC8H1

R8H1

R543

R8H5

H_CONVER

61

C523

+5V

R8JA

1.4V

R8JC

IC8H1

IC8H2

R8H3

SERVICE MENU

Fig.9.1. Convergence circuit

USER MENU WAVE FORM PICTURE IMAGE

BGR

1 H.S.CONVER

HORIZONTAL DC

2 V.S.CONVER

VERICAL DC

3 H.CONVER SAW T TOP HORIZONTAL

4 H.CONVER PARA T -

1V

1V

8-51

5 H.CONVER SAW B

BOTTOM

HORIZONTAL

6 H.CONVER PARA B -

1V

1V

7 V.CONVER SAW T TOP VERTICAL

1V

8 V.CONVER PARA T -

1V

9 V.CONVER SAW B BOTTOM VERTICAL

1V

10 V.CONVER PARA B -

1V

Fig. 9.2. Convergence correction function on OSM

8-52

10. AUTO and MANUAL PURITY CORRECTION (GLOBALSYNC) CIRCUIT

1) SENSOR PART

JC-2241UMW has three sensors to correct poor purity.

A) SENSOR OF EARTH MAGNETIC FIELD CIRCUIT

B) SENSOR OF TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT

C) SENSOR OF CRT BEAM CURRENT CIRCUIT

1-A) SENSOR OF EARTH MAGNETIC FIELD CIRCUIT

EARTH MAGNETIC FIELD CORRECTION CIRCUIT compensates automatically for purity problem of the

EAST,WEST,NORTH and SOUTH magnetic field.

Magnetic sensor (IC4H1) is used in this circuit.

When the magnetic field change, the voltage of IC4H1 pin5 (CNPU pin3), IC4H1 pin6(CNPU pin2) varies.

CNPU pin3 voltage is fed to the A/D converter in IC801 (pin48).

CNPU pin2 voltage is fed to the A/D converter in IC801 (pin47).

And the reference voltage (2.5V) of Magnetic sensor (IC4H1 pin7) is fed IC801 (pin49) too.

CRT face Direction

(Horizontal magnetic field

B

H

:30uT)

EAST

WEST

SOUTH

NORTH

IC4H1 pin5 Voltage-IC4H1 pin7 Voltage

IC4H1 pin6 Voltage-IC4H1 pin7 Voltage

0V

0V

-0.5V

0.5V

-0.5V

0.5V

0

0

(Fig.10.1) The example of Magnetic sensor (IC4H1) voltage

IC4H1

+ B

H

CRT face (SOUTH)

8-53

1-B) SENSOR OF TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT

Temperature Sensor (IC151) is used in this circuit.(on CONTROL PWB)

When the surrounding temperature of the unit change, the voltage of IC151 out put pin (CNCL 16pin on

VIDEO PWB) varies.

This voltage is fed to the A/D converter in IC801 (pin50)

1000

800

600

400

200

0 20 40 60

Temperature (

°

C)

80 100

(Fig.10.2) The example of Temperature sensor (IC4H1) voltage

1-C) SENSOR OF CRT BEAM CURRENT CIRCUIT

Change of purity is caused by warm up after power on and changing of CRT beam current.

Correction voltage is generated by charging C4P1. This voltage can detect both warm up and changing of

CRT beam current. Warm up is detected by C4P1 charging time, changing of CRT beam current is detected by changing of ABL voltage. Correction voltage is input to IC801 pin 51. IC801 calculates four corner purity correction. Q4P2 is switch in PMS and power off. Q4P4 is buffer of correction voltage.

R4P9 R4P8

+12V ABL Voltage

R4PF R4P1

Q4P3

R4PH

Q4P1

S5V

R4PA

R4PE

+12V

D4P1

MD4P2

MD4P1

C4P1

Q4P2

Q4P4

51

IC801

CPU

R4P7

R4P4

R4P5

+12V

(Fig.10.3) Sensor of CRT beam current circuit

8-54

2) PURITY CORRECTION PART

2-A) NORTH/SOUTH purity correction

MPU controls output voltage by comparing the sensor voltage (IC801 pin48) with the reference voltage

(IC801 pin49) and GLOBALSYNC OSD.

The D/A converter (IC532 pin16) output center voltage is 2.5V and variable range is between 0V and +5V.

The DC output current flows in the EMF (Earth Magnetic Field) coil.

This current flows to the feedback resistor (R4J5) of IC4J1.

This current is detected as voltage at the feedback resistor.

NOTE) : During DEGAUSS, becomes Low level(D/A converter output voltage is 2.5V), therefore the current doesn

’t flow in the EMF coil.

And it prevents magnetization in the CRT.

EMF coil

CRT face

(The example of image: Correction of NORTH/SOUTH purity)

2-B) Four corner purity correction.

MPU controls output voltage by comparing 4 input voltages(IC801 pin47,pin49,pin50,pin51) and

GLOBALSYNC (TOP LEFT, TOP RIGHT, BOTTOM LEFT, BOTTOM RIGHT) OSD.

The D/A converter IC532 (pin14:TOP LEFT, pin8:TOP RIGHT, pin9:BOTTOM LEFT, pin7:BOTTOM RIGHT) output center voltage is 2.5V and variable range is between 0V and +5V.

The DC output current flows in the corner coil(four corner).

This current flows to the feedback resistor(R4L5,R4N5,R4M5,R4R5)of IC4L1 and IC4N1.

This current is detected as voltage at the feedback resistor.

NOTE) :During DEGAUSS, becomes Low level(D/A converter output voltage is 2.5V), therefore the current doesn

’t flow in the corner coil.

And it prevents magnetization in the CRT.

Corner coil

TOP LEFT

TOP RIGHT

CRT face

BOTTOM LEFT

BOTTOM RIGHT

(The example of image: Correction of four corner purity)

8-55

11. USB CIRCUIT

IC801 (MAIN MPU) uses as the I2 C-Bus master, and IC851 (USB MPU) uses as the I2 C-Bus slave.

At the time of power on of the monitor, IC801 forwards the present value and the necessary early period data to IC851 through I 2 C-Bus (SCL, SDA).

In the case that CN-USB and PC (USB HOST) are connecting with USB cable, the 5V from PC is input to

IC851 pin27 through Q851, Q852.

Then according to IC851 forwards these data to PC through D+/D-, the monitor is recognized as the human interface device.

And, in the case that CN-USB and PC are connected with USB cable in the condition of power off of the monitor, the monitor is not recognized as a/the human interface device, because IC851 pin27 becomes low by Q851,

Q852.

In the case that the monitor is adjusted with USB ,the WINDOWS application called APPLET is used.

For example, when we do the adjustment of H.SIZE by using APPLET, the command that makes H. SIZE a certain value is forwarded from PC to IC851 through D+/D-.

At this time, IC851 forwards 1 pulse to the INT line, because it needs to forward the command to IC801.

By this IC801 reads out the command from IC851 through I2 C-Bus, because it recognizes that the command from PC is forwarded to IC851.

IC801 controls DAC by the command as OSM control.

CN-USB

4

3

2

1

IC801

37

52

54

5V

INT

SDA

SCL

D-

D+

33

34

60

61

64

3

25

27

IC851

R85P

5V

ZD854 R855

Q851

R857

R85N Q852

(Fig.11.1) USB Circuit

8-56

12. AUTO ADJUST CIRCUIT

By detecting video signal, AutoAdjust function adjusts size and position. MPU has several standards of frequency, active ratio and so on. MPU compares measurement data and with their standards, and calculates adaptive size and position data and sets them.

IC8M1 is video detecting IC. It measures following data.

H.trace.time, H.disp.time, H.front.porch, H.back.porch

V.total.time, V.disp.time, V.front.porch, V, back.porch

That means AutoAdjust function can't work correctly in the cases as follows.

a. No signal (ex. All black) b. Too narrow active ratio (ex. 1/3 window) c. Animation (ex. movie, game) d. Too dark

If Animation, sometimes AutoAdjust function can detect video signal and sometimes can't. As a result

AutoAdjust function can't work stably.

A blinking picture is worst case.

Horizontal

Deflection

Circuit

AFC_TTL

Video

Pre-Amp

Video Signal

Auto Adjust

Circuit

(IC8M1 QFP32)

V_PUMP

Vertical

Deflection

Circuit

MPU

(IC801)

(Fig.12.1) Auto Adjust Circuit Block Diagram

8-57

REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

The components specified for Model FP1350-1(B)

DESCRIPTION SYMBOL PART NO

*** CRT & TUNER ***

CRT 3A302201

37076357

37011351

37011401

37011380

37RAA021

370AA067

370EF031

37R56305

370EF025

37076408

370EC058

37R56332

370EE002

37R56326

370A1009

370ED003

37005277

37005349

370EF040

37006027

370E6178

37005256

370KE062

37056616

37011003

37011003

37011003

37R56288

370E6178

370E6178

370EB067

370EF032

37REH024

370AA067

37076409

370AA092

370EF021

37076406

IC671

IC6V1

IC711

IC721

IC731

IC742

IC751

IC791

IC7A1

IC7F1

IC7G1

IC801

IC802

IC851

IC854

IC8A1

IC8G1

IC8G2

*** ICS ***

IC151

IC401

IC421

IC471

IC481

IC4H3

IC4J1

IC4L1

IC4N1

IC501

IC510

IC511

IC513

IC532

IC571

IC591

IC592

IC5A1

IC5GA

IC621

CRT M51LRY21X62

IC LM45CIM3X

IC LA7876N

IC BA14741F-E2

IC UPC7812AHF (REG)

IC BA033FP-E2

IC BA10358

IC LA6510

IC LA6510

IC LA6510

MOS HE6-0092(JANGLE61882)

IC BA14741F-E2

IC BA14741F-E2

IC UPC814G2-E2(OP-AMP)

MOS M62392FP-D

MOS M62320FP-D-T2

IC BA10324AF-E2 (OP-AMP)

IC BA9757

IC BA4558F-E2(OP-AMP)

IC CA0007AM-T

IC STR-S6729A(LF953)

IC SE080N(LF12)

IC KIA393P (COMP)

IC M52742ASP

IC VPS16

IC M52755FP-D

IC BA10324AF-E2 (OP-AMP)

MOS M62393FP-D

MOS M35070-050FP

IC M52347FP

IC SI-3062FA

MOS HD74HC123AFP-EL

MOS UPD78018FYGC-R19-AB8

MOS M24C08-MN6 T

MOS LSC528223FU

IC UPC1093J-T (REG)

MOS 24LCS21AT/SN

IC PQ05RR13 (REG)

IC PQ05RD08(REG)

9-1

SYMBOL

IC8H1

IC8J1

IC8M1

IC8M2

PART NO

37011320

37011320

37076420

370KE062

Q5F1

Q5F2

Q5F3

Q5F4

Q5G1

Q5R1

Q5X1

Q5X2

Q621

Q622

Q623

Q624

Q625

Q671

Q553

Q554

Q555

Q561

Q571

Q572

Q573

Q581

Q5A1

Q5E1

*** TRANSISTORS ***

CR601 35595026

MQ571

Q101

35135001

35AB0313

Q102

Q103

Q104

Q411

Q421

35AB0313

35EB0238

35EB0238

35KB2498

35KB2498

Q423

Q4P1

Q4P2

Q4P3

Q4P4

Q501

Q502

Q503

Q504

Q505

35KB2498

35AB0313

35KB2498

35AB0313

35KB2505

35CB1113

35KB2498

35AB0313

35CB1113

35CB1113

35CB1113

35AB0313

35128023

35095411

35072612

35128003

35128003

35072612

35072720

35CB1113

35AB1596

35EB0212

35CB1113

35EB0212

35127790

35128009

350K4112

350K4112

350E3218

350J4817

35095270

35092400

35092400

35030000

DESCRIPTION

IC LA6500

IC LA6500

MOS BU6483K(V_DETECT)

IC BA033FP-E2

TRIAC AC10FSM

TR SLA5041 (FET-ARRAY)

TR 2SA1037AK-T146 R

TR 2SA1037AK-T146 R

TR DTC114YKA-T146

TR DTC114YKA-T146

TR 2SK3018-T106

TR 2SK3018-T106

TR 2SK3018-T106

TR 2SA1037AK-T146 R

TR 2SK3018-T106

TR 2SA1037AK-T146 R

TR 2SK1103-Q(TX)

TR 2SC2412K-T146 R

TR 2SK3018-T106

TR 2SA1037AK-T146 R

TR 2SC2412K-T146 R

TR 2SC2412K-T146 R

TR 2SC2412K-T146 R

TR 2SA1037AK-T146 R

TR IRLS530A

TR 2SC5453

TR 2SD2396 J

TR 2SK2098-01MR(F119)

TR 2SK2098-01MR(F119)

TR 2SD2396 J

TR 2SD1889

TR 2SC2412K-T146 R

TR 2SA1514K S-T

TR DTA114WKA-T146

TR 2SC2412K-T146 R

TR DTA114WKA-T146

TR 2SJ449

TR 2SK2645-01MR(F111)

TR 2SA916-T L

TR 2SA916-T L

TR 2SC1740S-T R

TR 2SC1473A-TA Q

TR 2SC2317

TR 2SC3852A

TR 2SC3852A

TR 2SB1626

9-2

PART NO

35EB0230

350J5205

350J5205

350J5205

35AB0313

35CB1113

350J5205

3AEC0001

3AEC0001

35CB1113

35EB0232

35CB1113

3AEC0001

35EB0230

35EB0230

35EB0232

35CB1113

35CB2393

35CB1113

35AB0313

350J5382

35EB0230

35CB0012

350E3218

350E3218

350H0200

350H0200

350H0200

35KB2498

35KB2498

35KB2498

35KB2498

35KB2498

35KB2498

35KB2498

35KB2498

35KB2498

35AB0313

35EB0230

35CB1113

35CB1113

35CB1113

35CB1113

35CB1113

35CB1113

350K4112

35EB0232

35CB1113

SYMBOL

Q794

Q795

Q796

Q797

Q798

Q7A1

Q7A2

Q7E1

Q7E2

Q7E3

Q735

Q741B

Q741G

Q741R

Q771

Q772

Q781

Q791

Q792

Q793

Q672

Q673

Q682

Q6P1

Q6V1

Q711B

Q711G

Q711R

Q721B

Q721G

Q721R

Q722B

Q722G

Q722R

Q723B

Q723G

Q723R

Q732

Q734

Q7G1

Q7G2

Q7G3

Q7G4

Q7G5

Q7G6

Q7K1

Q7K2

Q7K3

DESCRIPTION

TR 2SC3478A-T K

TR DTC114EKA-T146

TR 2SC1623-T1B L6

TR 2SC1740S-T R

TR 2SC1740S-T R

TR 2SC2407A-T

TR 2SC2407A-T

TR 2SC2407A-T

TR 2SK3018-T106

TR 2SK3018-T106

TR 2SK3018-T106

TR 2SK3018-T106

TR 2SK3018-T106

TR 2SK3018-T106

TR 2SK3018-T106

TR 2SK3018-T106

TR 2SK3018-T106

TR 2SA1037AK-T146 R

TR DTC114EKA-T146

TR DTC114EKA-T146

TR 2SC3415S-TP

TR 2SC3415S-TP

TR 2SC3415S-TP

TR 2SA1037AK-T146 R

TR 2SC2412K-T146 R

TR 2SC3415S-TP

TR 2SC3437-Y(TE85L)

TR 2SC3437-Y(TE85L)

TR 2SC2412K-T146 R

TR DTC144EKA-T146(0°)

TR 2SC2412K-T146 R

TR 2SC3437-Y(TE85L)

TR DTC114EKA-T146

TR DTC114EKA-T146


TR 2SC2412K-T146 R

TR 2SC3757 R-TX

TR 2SC2412K-T146 R

TR 2SA1037AK-T146 R

TR 2SC2412K-T146 R

TR 2SC2412K-T146 R

TR 2SC2412K-T146 R

TR 2SC2412K-T146 R

TR 2SC2412K-T146 R

TR 2SC2412K-T146 R

TR 2SA916-T L


TR 2SC2412K-T146 R

9-3

SYMBOL

Q7Y1

Q7Y2

Q7Y3

Q7Y4

Q7Y5

Q7Y6

Q7Y7

Q7Y8

Q831

Q832

Q833

Q834

Q851

Q852

Q8A1

Q8A2

Q8A3

Q8A4

Q8A5

Q8A6

Q8M1B

Q8M1G

Q8M1R

Q951

Q981

Q982

Q983

Q984

Q985

Q987

*** DIODES ***

D2001 361K7822

D2002

D401

D402

D421

36CB0213

361K7778

361K7778

360K1025

D4H1

D4H2

D4P1

D541

D542

D551

D553

D561

D562

D591

D592

360K1025

360K1025

36CB0213

360K1025

360K1025

36107771

36107775

36107846

36108250

361K7778

361K7778

PART NO

35AB1592

35CB2468

35AB1592

35CB2468

35AB1592

35CB2468

35AB1592

35CB2468

35EB0230

35EB0230

35EB0230

35EB0230

35AB0313

35EB0232

35CB1113

35EB0232

35CB1113

35AB0313

35KB2498

35KB2498

35CB2453

35CB2453

35CB2453

35CB1113

35CB2491

350J5241

350A2001

35072752

35030012

350J5262

DESCRIPTION

TR 2SA1434-TB

TR 2SC3624-T1B-L18

TR 2SA1434-TB

TR 2SC3624-T1B-L18

TR 2SA1434-TB

TR 2SC3624-T1B-L18

TR 2SA1434-TB

TR 2SC3624-T1B-L18

TR DTC114EKA-T146

TR DTC114EKA-T146

TR DTC114EKA-T146

TR DTC114EKA-T146

TR 2SA1037AK-T146 R


TR 2SC2412K-T146 R


TR 2SC2412K-T146 R

TR 2SA1037AK-T146 R

TR 2SK3018-T106

TR 2SK3018-T106

TR 2SC3772-3-TB

TR 2SC3772-3-TB

TR 2SC3772-3-TB

TR 2SC2412K-T146 R

TR 2SC3906K-E2

TR 2SC2389S-TP R

TR 2SA1038S-TP R

TR 2SD1763A E

TR 2SB1186A E

TR 2SC4620 P-TV2

DIODE D1NL20,AT52

DIODE DAN212K-T146

DIODE PR1004G,AT52

DIODE PR1004G,AT52

DIODE 1SS133

DIODE 1SS133

DIODE 1SS133

DIODE DAN212K-T146

DIODE 1SS133

DIODE 1SS133

DIODE FE5DL-6596

DIODE RX3Z(LF014-102)

DIODE FMC-28UA

DIODE FMQ-G5FS

DIODE PR1004G,AT52

DIODE PR1004G,AT52

9-4

PART NO

361K7823

361K7823

361K7823

361K7505

361K7823

361K7823

36107858

361K7842

361K7823

36107844

361K7823

361K7823

36107835

36107841

36107729

36107832

36107832

361K7823

361K7523

361K7523

360K1025

361K8252

361K8252

361K7777

361K7777

360K1025

360K1025

36107792

361K8252

361K8252

36CB0213

36107308

361K7606

361K7822

361K7822

361K7822

36108116

361K7523

361K7174

360K1025

360K1025

360K1025

360K1025

36107320

36107701

361K7842

360K1025

360K1025

SYMBOL

D672

D673

D6A1

D6E1

D6F1

D6G2

D6H1

D6K1

D6P1

D6P2

D604

D622

D623

D624

D625

D626

D627

D628

D629

D671

D593

D5A1

D5A2

D5E1

D5E2

D5E3

D5G1

D5G2

D5G3

D5G4

D5P1

D5R1

D5R2

D5R3

D5R4

D5X1

D601

D602

D603

D6V1

D6V2

D6V3

D6V4

D6Y1

D6Y2

D6Y3

D711

D712

DESCRIPTION

DIODE 1SS133

DI RB721Q-40T72

DI RB721Q-40T72

DIODE 1SS244-T72

DIODE 1SS244-T72

DIODE 1SS133

DIODE 1SS133

DIODE YG911S3R

DI RB721Q-40T72

DI RB721Q-40T72

DIODE DAN212K-T146

DIODE ERC20M-08

DIODE ERB44-08 V1

DIODE D1NL20,AT52

DIODE D1NL20,AT52

DIODE D1NL20,AT52

DIODE KBU605G-FA1

DIODE ERA15-04V1

DIODE RU1P V1

DI ERA18-02-V1

DI ERA18-02-V1

DI ERA18-02-V1

DIODE ERB44-06V1

DI ERA18-02-V1

DI ERA18-02-V1

DI RG2A2(LF-B4)

DIODE ERB38-06(V1)

DI ERA18-02-V1

DIODE RU3A(LF-C4)

DI ERA18-02-V1

DI ERA18-02-V1

DI RU3C(LF-C4)

DIODE FMU-G16S

DIODE YG901C2

DI ERC30-01(L3)

DI ERC30-01(L3)

DI ERA18-02-V1

DIODE ERA15-04V1

DIODE ERA15-04V1

DIODE 1SS133

DIODE 1SS133

DIODE 1SS133

DIODE 1SS133

DIODE FMG-G26S

DIODE RU4AM(LF-K2)

DIODE ERB38-06(V1)

DIODE 1SS133

DIODE 1SS133

9-5

PART NO

36CB0233

360K1025

360K1025

360K1025

360K1025

36CB0213

36CB0213

36CB0213

36801424

36801424

36801424

36CB0079

36CB0054

36CB0054

36CB0054

36CB0054

36CB0054

36CB0054

36CB0054

36CB0079

360K1025

36CB0072

36CB0072

36CB0072

36CB0072

36CB0072

36CB0072

361K7777

361K7777

361K7777

360K1025

360K1025

360K1025

36CB0072

36CB0072

360K1025

360K1025

360K1025

361K7562

36CB0079

36CB0079

360A0055

360A0119

360A0039

360A0091

360A0059

360A0035

360A0035

SYMBOL

D8A1

D8M2B

D8M2G

D8M2R

D951

D981

D982

D984

LED111

LED112

LED113

MD4P1

MD4P2

MD701B

MD701G

MD701R

MD702B

MD702G

MD702R

MD711

D713

D721B

D721G

D721R

D722B

D722G

D722R

D741B

D741G

D741R

D771

D781

D782

D783

D784

D7E1

D7GA

D7GF

D7K1

MD7GE

MD7GG

ZD592

ZD5A1

ZD5E1

ZD5F1

ZD5G1

ZD5GA

ZD5GC

DESCRIPTION

DIODE 1SS133

DIODE HSM83-TL

DIODE HSM83-TL

DIODE HSM83-TL

DIODE HSM83-TL

DIODE HSM83-TL

DIODE HSM83-TL

DIODE 1SS244-T72

DIODE 1SS244-T72

DIODE 1SS244-T72

DIODE 1SS133

DIODE 1SS133

DIODE 1SS133

DIODE HSM83-TL

DIODE HSM83-TL

DIODE 1SS133

DIODE 1SS133

DIODE 1SS133

DIODE EGP10G G23

DIODE RB411D-T146

DIODE 1SS133

DIODE 1SS133

DIODE 1SS133

DIODE 1SS133

DIODE DAN212K-T146

DIODE DAN212K-T146

DIODE DAN212K-T146

LED SMLS79723C

LED SMLS79723C

LED SMLS79723C

DIODE DAN202K-T146(0°)

DIODE DA204K-T

DIODE DA204K-T

DIODE DA204K-T

DIODE DA204K-T

DIODE DA204K-T

DIODE DA204K-T

DIODE DA204K-T




DIODE MTZJ8.2B T-72

DIODE MTZJ33D-T72

DIODE MTZJ5.6B T-72

DIODE MTZJ20A

DIODE MTZJ9.1B T-72

DIODE MTZJ5.1B T-72

DIODE MTZJ5.1B T-72

9-6

SYMBOL

ZD5X1

ZD621

ZD622

ZD623

ZD671

ZD672

ZD6G1

ZD6H1

ZD6P1

ZD6V1

ZD6V2

ZD701

ZD702

ZD703

ZD704

ZD721

ZD852

ZD853

ZD854

ZD8A1

ZD8A2

ZD951

ZD981

PART NO

360A0043

360A0072

360A0051

360K3116

360A0021

360K3486

360K3120

360K3120

360A0072

360A0038

360A0064

360A0039

360A0039

360A0039

360A0039

360A0060

360A0039

360A0039

360A0018

360A0039

360A0039

360A0039

360A0026

DESCRIPTION

DIODE MTZJ6.2B T-72

DIODE MTZJ12B

DIODE MTZJ7.5B T-72

DIODE RD4.7EB(3)-T4

DIODE MTZJ3.6B T-72

DI RD6.8JS AB(2)-T4

DIODE RD24EB(3)-T4

DIODE RD24EB(3)-T4

DIODE MTZJ12B

DIODE MTZJ5.6A T-72

DIODE MTZJ10C

DIODE MTZJ5.6B T-72

DIODE MTZJ5.6B T-72

DIODE MTZJ5.6B T-72

DIODE MTZJ5.6B T-72

DIODE MTZJ9.1C T-72

DIODE MTZJ5.6B T-72

DIODE MTZJ5.6B T-72

DIODE MTZJ3.3B T-72

DIODE MTZJ5.6B T-72

DIODE MTZJ5.6B T-72

DIODE MTZJ5.6B T-72

DIODE MTZJ4.3A T-72

*** TRANSFORMERS ***

T551

T561

T5R1

T601

T6Y1

T981

45804033

47710025

47105733

46311122

46316102

45950005

TRANS,H.DRAIVE

TRANS,H.OUTPUT

FBT(PCS)

SWITCHING TRANS

SWITCHING TRANS

D.F.TRANS(W515K)

*** VARIABLE RESISTORS ***

VR581 410G1157 R,VARIABLE B1.0K

VR5T1 415K5163 R,VARIABLE B200K

*** RELAYS & SWITCHES ***

RL6V1 65660047 RELAY RPEF-12

RL6V2

SW101

SW102

SW103

65660047

65360051

65360051

65360051

RELAY RPEF-12

TACT SWITCH SKHHQV

TACT SWITCH SKHHQV

TACT SWITCH SKHHQV

SW104

SW105

SW106

SW107

SW108

SW581

65360051

65360051

65360051

65360051

65360051

65161075

TACT SWITCH SKHHQV

TACT SWITCH SKHHQV

TACT SWITCH SKHHQV

TACT SWITCH SKHHQV

TACT SWITCH SKHHQV

SWITCH SLIDE SSSF022-S09N

9-7

SYMBOL

SW601

PART NO

65360071

*** PWB ASSYS ***

840E6A03

840E6C01

840E6D01

843D3B01

L6H1

L6H2

L6K1

L6Y1

L711

L731

L732

L763

L791

L901B

L901G

L901R

LC151

LC4H1

LC761B

LC761G

LC761R

LC762B

LC762G

L5R2

L601

L602

L621

L622

L6A1

L6E1

L6E2

L6F1

L6F2

*** COILS & FILTERS ***

DEG 61322101

EMC

EMF

61322302

61322301

FL6T1

FL6T2

L561

L562

L5G1

L5G2

L5R1

61062235

61062234

610G0342

46204008

610F3025

46206023

610G0233

610F3014

616K5076

616K5076

610E4001

610E4001

610G0335

610F3023

610G0322

610G0333

610G0333

610F3023

610G0335

610F3023

61099166

610E1729

610G0111

610G0111

610F3025

610E1725

610F6505

610F6505

610F6505

616K6971

616K6971

616J9020

616J9020

616J9020

616K6964

616K6964

DESCRIPTION

PUSH SWITCH ESB92S21B

SW/HV PWB ASSY

VIDEO PWB ASSY

DEF PWB ASSY

SUB PWB ASSY

DEGAUSSIING COIL(85T,10H)

CORNER COIL(380T,105H)

COIL(100T,80H)

COIL,FILTER (LFZ2805V10)

COIL,FILTER (LFZ2404V11)

CHOKECOIL TSL1112RA-331KR

COIL,CHOKE 4MH

COIL,FILTER 47UH

COIL,CHOKE 4MH

FILTER CHOKE PJ8T-470K

COIL,FILTER 3.3UH

COIL,BEADS

COIL,BEADS

COIL,FILTER 10UH

COIL,FILTER 10UH

CHOKECOIL TSL1112RA-680K1

COIL,FILTER 33UH

CHOKECOIL TSL0709-101KR66



COIL,FILTER 33UH


COIL,FILTER 33UH

COIL,CHOKE 400UH

COIL,FILTER 100UH

INDUCTOR,BEADS(FBR07HA121

INDUCTOR,BEADS(FBR07HA121

COIL,FILTER 47UH

COIL,FILTER 47UH

COIL,FILTER 0.22UH

COIL,FILTER 0.22UH

COIL,FILTER 0.22UH

NOISE FILTER TY2E103MCT


NOISE FILTER TX04200NB



NOISE FILTER TX07250NBT


9-8

SYMBOL

LC762R

LC763

LC764

LC765

LC766

LC767

LC768

LC769

LC76A

LC76E

LC76F

LC76G

LC76H

LC76K

LC76M

LC76N

LC76R

LC851

LC852

LC853

LC854

LC901

LC902

LC903

MRC801

MRC802

T571

PART NO

616K6964

616K6942

616K6942

616K6942

616K6942

390J9028

390J9028

616K6970

616K6970

616K6971

616K6971

616K6971

616K6971

616K6971

616K6971

616K6971

390J9028

616K6970

616K6970

616K6970

616K6971

616K6971

616K6971

616K6970

39040002

39040002

60918114

DESCRIPTION


NOISE FILTER FILMAC TU20M




FILTER ZJSC-R47-391TA



















RC,NETWORK 10K 1K 0.01UF

RC,NETWORK 10K 1K 0.01UF

COIL,VARIABLE LIN.

*** ELECTRICAL PARTS & MISCELLANEOUS PARTS ***

CABLE 73893255 SIGNAL CABLE MD15P-MD15P

CDROM

CNBNC

68830763

32990281

FP950/1350 CD-ROM VER1.1

PANEL,MD-SUB/BNC

CNCRT

CORD

F671

F6H1

F6T1

IC2001

ICD5P1

70032275

70800087

666J9242

666J9141

66671040

79645922

79646261

CRT SOCKET HPS0720-015005

POWER CORD E-2 L1.8 GRY

FUSE 25101.6,AT52

FUSE 25102.5,AT52

FUSE 250V 5A(215)

HV PROTECTOR UNIT

HV CONTROL UNIT

IN6T1

PC621

PC6P1

SG901B

SG901G

SG901R

SG902

SG903

SG951

70521069

38200354

38200354

329J0047

329J0047

329J0047

329J0047

667K6007

667K6007

INLET SK-1019(DELTA)

PHOTOCOUPLER PC123FY2

PHOTOCOUPLER PC123FY2

ARRESTER (300V),AT52




SPARK GAP 1.5KV

SPARK GAP 1.5KV

9-9

SYMBOL

TH6V1

TH6V2

USBCAB

X801

X851

X8M1

PART NO

38112071

38112072

73893263

64098039

64098070

64098075

DESCRIPTION

POSISTOR (PTH451A180M270A

POSISTOR (PTH451ABG3R0Q14

USB CABLE

X'TAL(10.000MHZ)

X'TAL HC-49U/S(6MHZ)CIT

X'TAL 20MHZ(CSA-309)

*** KNOBS & PUSH BUTTONS ***

A4501 2E457751 PUSH BUTTON(CONTROL)

*** APPEARANCE PARTS ***

A3002 2E324471 CABINET BACK

A3003

A4001

2E324451

25430552

CABINET FRONT ASSY

CONTROL PANEL

A4003

A5004

A6001

2E430783

2E548061

25618341

REVOLVING STAND ASSY

CHASSIS BASE

CUSHION SHEET

*** PRINTED & PACKING MATERIALS ***

A7001 2E789731 NAME PLATE,INSTRUCTION

A7503

A7506

2E785131

2E789751

LABEL(PTB)

LABEL(ESCUTCHEON)

A8001

A8002

A8003

A8004

A8005

A8007

MANUAL

2E837051

2E835061

2E835892

2E835902

2E836001

2E833831

78134181

2E835061

CARTON BOX(JC-2241UMW(B))

BAG,POLYETHYLENE

FILLER(T).CARTON

FILLER(B).CARTON

PLATE,PULL

SHEET PROTECTION

MANUAL CN756/CN725 B USA

BAG,POLYETHYLENE

*** RESISTORS ***

J413 40AA1000

J414

J415

J416

J419

40AA1000

40AA1000

40AA1000

40AA1000

J420

J421

J422

J423

J430

J431

J432

J433

J733

J952

R101

40AA1000

40AA1000

40AA1000

40AA1000

40AA3000

40AA3000

40AA3000

40AA3000

40AA3000

40AA1000

40AAD129

R,CHIP 0H 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 0H 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 0H 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 0H 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 0H 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 0H 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 0H 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 0H 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 0H 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 0.0H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 0.0H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 0.0H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 0.0H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 0.0H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 0H 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 15H 5% 1/2W

9-10

PART NO

40AB3208

40AA2165

40AA3197

40AA3197

40AA3197

40AA3197

40AB3197

40AB3197

40AB3197

40AB3197

40AA3215

40AA3149

40AA3149

401K5721

401K5697

401K5721

401K5697

404C1680

404C1673

404K5125

40AB3161

40AB3173

40AB3169

40AB3170

40AB3155

40AA3125

40AA3125

40AA3125

40AA3146

404K5109

40AB3223

40AA3181

40AC7301

40AB3199

40AB3183

40AAD189

40499440

40AB3211

40AA3159

40AB3214

40AB3198

40AB3179

40AB3204

40AB2125

40AC5309

40AC7309

40AAD125

40AB3214

SYMBOL

R429

R42A

R42E

R4H1

R4H2

R4H5

R4H6

R4H7

R4H8

R4H9

R413

R414

R421

R422

R423

R424

R425

R426

R427

R428

R102

R103

R104

R105

R106

R111

R112

R113

R151

R2001

R2002

R401

R402

R403

R404

R405

R406

R411

R412

R4J1

R4J2

R4J3

R4J4

R4J5

R4J6

R4J7

R4J8

R4K1

DESCRIPTION

R,CHIP 330H 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 680H 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 750H 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 180H 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 75H 5% 1/10W

R,METAL 2.2H 5% 1/4W

R,CHIP 120K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0H 5% 1/2W

R,CHIP 12K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 2.7K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/2W

R,METAL 1.0H 1% 1W

R,CHIP 39K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 270H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 30K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 470H 5% 1/4W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 56K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CARBON 100K 5% 1/6W




R,METAL 2.0K 1% 1/6W

R,METAL 1.0K 1% 1/6W

R,METAL 10H 5% 1/4W

R,CHIP 51K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 11K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.8K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 20K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10H 1% 1/4W

R,CHIP 2.2H 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 2.2H 5% 1/2W

R,CHIP 10H 5% 1/2W

R,CHIP 51K 1% 1/10W

9-11

PART NO

40AC7309

40AC5309

40AB3219

404C1740

40AA3149

40AA3000

40AA3197

404J9476

404C1745

40AB3225

40AB3203

40AB3212

40AB3219

40AB3214

40AB3204

40AB2127

40AC7309

40AC5309

40AA3173

40AA1155

40AB3204

40AB2128

40AC5309

40AC7309

40AAD141

40AA3173

40AB3214

40AB3204

40AB2127

40AC7309

40AC5309

40AB3214

40AB3204

40AB2127

40AC7309

40AC5309

40AB3214

40AB3204

40AB2127

40AB3177

40AB3168

40AA3169

40AA3169

40AA3175

40AA3199

40AB3183

40AB3182

40AB3210

SYMBOL

R4PE

R4PF

R4PH

R4R1

R4R4

R4R5

R4R6

R4R9

R501

R502

R4N6

R4N9

R4P1

R4P4

R4P5

R4P6

R4P7

R4P8

R4P9

R4PA

R4K4

R4K5

R4K6

R4K7

R4K8

R4K9

R4L1

R4L4

R4L5

R4L6

R4L9

R4M1

R4M4

R4M5

R4M6

R4M9

R4N1

R4N4

R4N5

R503

R504

R506

R507

R508

R509

R50A

R50C

R50E

DESCRIPTION

R,CHIP 20K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 13H 1% 1/4W

R,CHIP 2.2H 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 2.2H 5% 1/2W

R,CHIP 47H 5% 1/2W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 51K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 20K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 12H 1% 1/4W

R,CHIP 2.2H 5% 1/2W

R,CHIP 2.2H 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 51K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 20K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 12H 1% 1/4W

R,CHIP 2.2H 5% 1/2W

R,CHIP 2.2H 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 51K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 20K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 12H 1% 1/4W

R,CHIP 2.2H 5% 1/2W

R,CHIP 2.2H 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 82K 1% 1/10W

R,METAL 620K 1% 1/6W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 0.0H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,METAL 2.2M 1% 1/4W


R,CHIP 150K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 18K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 43K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 82K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 51K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 20K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 12H 1% 1/4W

R,CHIP 2.2H 5% 1/2W

R,CHIP 2.2H 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 180H 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 1.5K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 620H 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 680H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 680H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 12K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 2.7K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 2.4K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 36K 1% 1/10W

9-12

PART NO

40AA3169

404K5125

404K5133

40AA3189

40AA3190

40AA3197

40AA3149

40AA3149

40AA3149

40AA3197

40AA3173

40AA3173

40AA3197

40AA3208

40AA3000

40AA3161

40AA3173

40AA3173

40AA3173

40AA3173

40AB3197

40AB3199

40AA3221

40AB3187

40AB3215

40AB3215

40AA3197

40AA1151

40AA3245

40AA3173

40AA3189

40AA3221

40AA2165

40AA3173

40AA3173

40AA3190

40AA3193

40AA3149

40AA3190

40AA1149

40AA3149

40AA3149

40AA3149

40AA3209

40AA3197

40AA3173

40AA3173

40AA3173

SYMBOL

R526

R527

R528

R529

R52A

R52C

R52E

R52F

R52H

R531

R51G

R51P

R51R

R51W

R520

R521

R522

R523

R524

R525

R50G

R50H

R50J

R50K

R50L

R50M

R50P

R510

R511

R512

R513

R514

R515

R516

R517

R518

R519

R51A

R51F

R532

R533

R53E

R53F

R540

R541

R542

R543

R544

DESCRIPTION

R,CHIP 10K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 12K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 3.9K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 56K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 56K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 120H 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 1.0M 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 470H 5% 1/4W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 5.1K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 5.1K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 680H 5% 1/10W

R,METAL 10H 5% 1/4W

R,METAL 22H 5% 1/4W

R,CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 5.1K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 30K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 0.0H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 330H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

9-13

PART NO

40AA1239

40AA1239

40AA1239

40AA1239

40AA1239

40AA1239

40AA3149

40AA3149

40AA3149

40AA3149

40AA3149

40AA3149

40373141

40AA3189

40AA3173

40AA3197

40AA3213

40AA5145

40AA1165

40AA3125

40AB3197

40AB3197

40AA3197

40AA3208

40AA3173

40AA3149

404J9510

40AA3125

40371133

40399092

40AA3197

401J9820

40371125

40373127

40AB3211

40AB3199

40AA3197

40AA3205

40383028

40371129

40371131

40AB3223

40AB3197

40AA1205

40AA1213

40AA1197

40AA3209

40AB3233

SYMBOL

R57F

R57J

R57K

R57L

R57M

R57N

R57P

R57T

R581

R582

R573

R574

R575

R576

R577

R578

R579

R57A

R57C

R57E

R545

R546

R548

R549

R54A

R556

R557

R558

R559

R55A

R55E

R55K

R561

R562

R56A

R56C

R56E

R56F

R571

R583

R584

R592

R593

R595

R596

R597

R598

R599

DESCRIPTION

R,CHIP 10K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 30K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W


R,CHIP 10H 5% 1/10W

R,METAL 22H 5% 1W

R,METAL 1.2H 5% 5W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,CARBON 0.0H

R,METAL 10H 5% 1W

R,METAL 12H 5% 3W

R,CHIP 39K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 12K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W

R,METAL 180H 5% 3W

R,CHIP 560K 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 560K 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 560K 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 560K 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 560K 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 560K 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,METAL 47H 5% 3W

R,CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 68H 5% 1/4W

R,CHIP 470H 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 10H 5% 1/10W

R,METAL 15H 5% 1W

R,METAL 18H 5% 1W

R,CHIP 120K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 22K 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 47K 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 330K 1% 1/10W

9-14

PART NO

40AA3191

40AA3239

404J9509

40AA3191

40371221

404J9510

40AA3179

40371187

40AA3173

40AA3173

40371339

401G6191

40AA3235

40AA3221

40AA3197

40AA1207

40AA3205

40AA3197

40AA5141

40AA3195

40AB3224

40AB3206

40AB3205

40AA3199

40AB3185

40AA3218

40AA3191

40AA3197

40AB3199

404K5133

40AB3201

40AB5223

40AB3175

40AA3197

404K5125

40AA3201

40AB3229

40AA3197

40AA3197

40AC5309

40AAD163

40AAD163

40AB3201

40AB3197

40AA2133

40AA2133

404K5149

40224137

SYMBOL

R5F1

R5F2

R5F3

R5F4

R5F5

R5F6

R5F7

R5F8

R5G1

R5G2

R5A7

R5A8

R5A9

R5AC

R5AE

R5E1

R5E2

R5E3

R5E4

R5E5

R59A

R59C

R59E

R59F

R59G

R59J

R59K

R59L

R59M

R59N

R59P

R59R

R59T

R59W

R5A1

R5A3

R5A4

R5A5

R5A6

R5G3

R5GA

R5GC

R5GE

R5GF

R5P1

R5P2

R5P3

R5R1

DESCRIPTION

R,CHIP 130K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 24K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 22K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 12K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 3.3K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 75K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 12K 1% 1/10W

R,METAL 22H 5% 1/4W

R,CHIP 15K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 120K 1% 1/2W

R,CHIP 1.2K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,METAL 10H 5% 1/4W

R,CHIP 15K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 220K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 560K 5% 1/10W

R,METAL 470H 1% 1/4W

R,CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/10W

R,METAL 100K 5% 1W


R,CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W

R,METAL 3.9K 5% 1W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,METAL 0.56H 5% 1W

R,CARBON 5.6K 5% 1/4W

R,CHIP 390K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 27K 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 47H 5% 1/4W

R,CHIP 8.2K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 2.2H 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 390H 5% 1/2W

R,CHIP 390H 5% 1/2W

R,CHIP 15K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 22H 5% 1/4E

R,CHIP 22H 5% 1/4E

R,METAL 100H 5% 1/4W

R,WIRE 33H 5% 5W

9-15

PART NO

40371337

40AB3149

40499462

404C1689

404C1745

404C1745

40AB3217

40AB3217

401K5739

401K5739

40AA3205

40372217

40372221

401G6109

40372197

40AA3179

40AA3169

40AA3171

40AA3221

40373109

40224137

40409907

404C1731

404C1718

40AB3183

40AB3219

40AB1231

404K5125

40AA2199

40AA3221

40AB3226

40AB3201

40299104

40AA3197

40372143

40299181

40299104

40AA3169

40371103

40AA3189

40AA3169

40373187

40AA3177

401K5671

40371199

40AA3219

404C1745

404C1745

SYMBOL

R633

R634

R635

R636

R638

R639

R640

R641

R642

R671

R623

R624

R625

R626

R627

R628

R629

R630

R631

R632

R5R2

R5R3

R5T1

R5T2

R5U1

R5U2

R5U3

R5X1

R5X2

R5X3

R5X4

R5X5

R602

R603

R604

R605

R606

R621

R622

R672

R673

R674

R675

R676

R677

R678

R694

R695

DESCRIPTION

R,WIRE 33H 5% 5W

R,NETAL 0.18H 5% 1W

R,METAL 270K 1% 1/6W

R,METAL 75K 1% 1/6W

R,CHIP 2.7K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 82K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 270K 1% 1/8W

R,METAL 10H 5% 1/4W

R,CHIP 12K 5% 1/4W

R,CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 160K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 15K 1% 1/10W

R,WIRE 10H 5% 5W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,METAL 56H 5% 2W

R,WIRE 56K 5% 5W

R,WIRE 10H 5% 5W

R,CHIP 680H 5% 1/10W

R,METAL 1.2H 5% 1W

R,METAL 0.47H 5% 1W

R,CHIP 100H 1% 1/10W

R,METAL 0.12H 5% 3W

R､METAL 4.7K 1% 1/6W



R,CHIP 68K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 68K 1% 1/10W



R,CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W

R,METAL 68K 5% 2W

R,METAL 100K 5% 2W

R,CARBON 2.2H 5% 1/4W

R,METAL 10K 5% 2W

R,CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 680H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 820H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W

R,METAL 2.2H 5% 3W

R,CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 680H 5% 1/10W

R,METAL 3.9K 5% 3W

R,CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W

R,CARBON 820H 5% 1/6W

R,METAL 12K 5% 1W

R,CHIP 82K 5% 1/10W



9-16

PART NO

401K5689

401K5673

401K5689

404C1715

401K5663

40AB3153

40AB3153

40AB3153

40AB3153

40AB3153

40AB3153

40AB3153

40AB3153

40AB3153

40AB3153

40AB3153

40AB3153

40AA3175

40AA3143

40AA3175

40AA3187

40AA3219

40371221

40372199

40499508

40499507

404E1329

401K5669

40372217

401K5701

401H6757

401C6631

401G6109

401K5697

401K5669

401K5691

401K5721

401K5745

401K5721

40AA3143

40AA3149

40AB3199

40AB3177

40AAD165

40AAD165

40AAD165

40AA3151

40AA3151

SYMBOL

R6V9

R6W0

R6W1

R6W2

R6W3

R701B

R701G

R701R

R702B

R702G

R702R

R703B

R703G

R703R

R704B

R704G

R704R

R709

R70A

R70E

R696

R697

R6A1

R6E1

R6F1

R6G1

R6K1

R6K2

R6P1

R6P2

R6T1

R6V1

R6V2

R6V3

R6V4

R6V5

R6V6

R6V7

R6V8

R70F

R712

R713

R714

R716B

R716G

R716R

R717B

R717G

DESCRIPTION

R,CHIP 3.9K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 82K 5% 1/10W

R,METAL 100K 5% 1W

R,METAL 12K 5% 2W


R,METAL 0.22H 5% 1/2W

R,METAL 0.22H 5% 1/4W


R,METAL 68K 5% 2W


R,CARBON 3.3M 5% 1/2W


R,CARBON 2.2H 5% 1/4W





R,CARBON 1.0M 5% 1/6W





R,METAL 56K 1% 1/6W


R,CHIP 150H 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 150H 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 150H 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 150H 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 150H 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 150H 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 150H 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 150H 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 150H 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 150H 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 150H 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 150H 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 56H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 56H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 12K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.5K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 470H 5% 1/2W

R,CHIP 470H 5% 1/2W

R,CHIP 470H 5% 1/2W

R,CHIP 120H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 120H 5% 1/10W

9-17

PART NO

40AB3171

40AB3171

40AB3171

40AB3151

40AB3151

40AB3151

40AB3159

40AB3159

40AB3159

40AA3149

40AA3149

40AA3149

40AA3149

40AA3149

40AA3149

40AAD163

40AA3173

40AA3173

40AA3173

40AB3159

40AA3151

40AAD159

40AAD159

40AAD159

40AA3151

40AA3151

40AA3151

40AA3177

40AA3173

40AA3149

40AA3149

40AA3155

40AA3000

40AA3149

40AA3149

40AA3149

40AB3185

40AB3185

40AB3185

40AB3159

40AB3159

40AA3149

40AA3149

40AA3149

40AA3149

40AA3149

40AA3149

40AA3149

SYMBOL

R723B

R723G

R723R

R724B

R724G

R724R

R725B

R725G

R725R

R726B

R726G

R726R

R727B

R727G

R727R

R728

R72E

R72F

R72G

R72HB

R717R

R718B

R718G

R718R

R719B

R719G

R719R

R71A

R71E

R71F

R71G

R71H

R71K

R721B

R721G

R721R

R722B

R722G

R722R

R72HG

R72HR

R72KB

R72KG

R72KR

R731

R732

R733

R734

DESCRIPTION

R,CHIP 120H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 270H 5% 1/2W

R,CHIP 270H 5% 1/2W

R,CHIP 270H 5% 1/2W

R,CHIP 120H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 120H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 120H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 180H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 0.0H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 3.3K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 3.3K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 3.3K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 820H 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 820H 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 820H 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 120H 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 120H 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 120H 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 270H 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 270H 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 270H 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 390H 5% 1/2W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 270H 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 270H 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 270H 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

9-18

PART NO

401K5737

401K5737

40AAD213

40AAD213

40AAD213

40AB3233

40AB3233

40AB3233

40AB3227

40AB3227

40AB3227

40AA3157

40AA3157

40AA3157

40AB3221

40AB3221

40AB3221

40AA3197

40AA3197

40AA3197

40AA3143

40AA3141

40AA3143

40AA3169

40AA3181

40AA3173

40AB3191

40AB3183

40AB3205

40AA3173

40AB3191

40AB3183

40AA3137

40AA3137

40AA3137

40AA3137

40AA3137

40AA3137

401K5737

40AA3185

40AA3185

40AA3185

40AB3219

40AB3219

40AB3219

40AB3205

40AB3205

40AB3205

SYMBOL

R741G

R741R

R742B

R742G

R742R

R743B

R743G

R743R

R744B

R744G

R744R

R745B

R745G

R745R

R746B

R746G

R746R

R747B

R747G

R747R

R736B

R736G

R736R

R738

R739

R73A

R73E

R73F

R73G

R73H

R73J

R73K

R73WB

R73WG

R73WR

R73XB

R73XG

R73XR

R741B

R748B

R748G

R748R

R749B

R749G

R749R

R74AB

R74AG

R74AR

DESCRIPTION

R,CHIP 56H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 47H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 56H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 680H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 5.6K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 2.7K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 22K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 5.6K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 2.7K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 33H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 33H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 33H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 33H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 33H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 33H 5% 1/10W




R,CHIP 47K 5% 1/2W

R,CHIP 47K 5% 1/2W

R,CHIP 47K 5% 1/2W

R,CHIP 330K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 330K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 330K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 180K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 180K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 180K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 220H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 220H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 220H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 82K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 82K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 82K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 22K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 22K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 22K 1% 1/10W

9-19

PART NO

40AA1245

40AA3231

40AA3242

40AA3242

40AA3233

40AB3173

40AA3149

40AA3149

40AA3157

40AA3157

40AA3157

40AA3157

40AA3181

40AA3197

40AA3187

40AA3173

40AA3197

40AA3213

40AA3189

40AA3197

40AB3211

40AB3211

40AB3211

40AB3222

40AB3222

40AB3222

40AAD213

40AAD213

40AAD213

40AA3173

40AA3149

40AA3149

40AA3197

40AA3193

40AA3173

40AA3169

40AA3195

40AA3167

40AA3209

40AA3205

40AA3213

40AA3213

40AA3197

40AA3197

40AA3181

40AA3173

40AB3187

40AB3181

SYMBOL

R783

R784

R785

R786

R787

R791

R792

R793

R794

R795B

R795G

R795R

R79A

R79E

R79F

R79G

R79H

R79K

R79L

R79M

R74EB

R74EG

R74ER

R74FB

R74FG

R74FR

R74GB

R74GG

R74GR

R751

R752

R753

R771

R772

R773

R774

R775

R781

R782

R79N

R79P

R79R

R79T

R79U

R79W

R7A1

R7A2

R7A3

DESCRIPTION

R,CHIP 39K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 39K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 39K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 110K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 110K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 110K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 47K 5% 1/2W

R,CHIP 47K 5% 1/2W

R,CHIP 47K 5% 1/2W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 680H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 8.2K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 560H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0M 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 270K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 750K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 750K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 330K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 220H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 220H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 220H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 220H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 3.9K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 3.9K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 2.2K 1% 1/10W

9-20

PART NO

40AA3209

40AA3209

40AB3229

40AA3221

40AA3199

40AB3185

40AA3209

40AA3209

40AA3185

40AA3181

40AA3227

40AA3199

40AB3229

40AB3185

40AA3199

40AA3221

40AA3209

40AA3209

40AA3185

40AA3181

40AA3173

40AA3169

40AA3212

40AB3214

40AA3169

40AA3169

40AA3159

40AA3159

40AA2167

40AA3181

40372169

404K5125

40AA2189

40AA2195

40AA3000

40AA3177

40371103

40AA3185

40AA3185

40AA3227

40AA3199

40AA3192

40AAD211

40AA3197

40AA3000

40AA3197

40AA3233

40AA3161

SYMBOL

R7G3

R7G4

R7G6

R7G7

R7G8

R7G9

R7GA

R7GE

R7GF

R7GG

R7GH

R7GJ

R7GK

R7GL

R7GM

R7GN

R7GP

R7GR

R7GT

R7GW

R7A7

R7A8

R7A9

R7AG

R7AH

R7AK

R7AL

R7AM

R7E2

R7E3

R7E4

R7E5

R7E6

R7E7

R7F1

R7F2

R7F5

R7G1

R7G2

R7GX

R7GY

R7K1

R7K2

R7K3

R7K4

R7K5

R7Y1

R7Y2

DESCRIPTION

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 680H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 43K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 51K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 680H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 680H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 270H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 270H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 560H 5% 1/4W

R,CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W

R,METAL 680H 5% 2W

R,METAL 10H 5% 1/4W

R,CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/4W

R,CHIP 8.2K 5% 1/4W

R,CHIP 0.0H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W

R,METAL 1.2H 5% 1W

R,CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 220K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 12K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 3.3K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 180K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 12K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 220K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 3.3K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 12K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 180K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 12K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 6.2K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 39K 5% 1/2W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 0.0H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 330K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 330H 5% 1/10W

9-21

PART NO

40AA3173

40AA3000

40AA3000

40AA3000

40AA3173

40AA3173

40AA3173

40AA3173

40AA3000

40AA3125

40AA3125

40AA3125

40AA3173

40AA3173

40AA3000

40AA3173

40AA3207

40AA3205

40AA3000

40AA3000

40AA3185

40AA3233

40AA3161

40AA3185

40AA3233

40AA3161

40AA3185

40AA3233

40AA3161

40AA3185

40AA3179

40AA3179

40AA3000

40AA3000

40AA3000

40AA3000

40AA3000

40AA3000

40AA3000

40AA3173

40AA3189

40AA3177

40AA3209

40AA3209

40AA3221

40AA3167

40AA3000

40AA3000

SYMBOL

R814

R815

R818

R819

R821

R822

R823

R826

R827

R82A

R80A

R80E

R80F

R80H

R80J

R80K

R810

R811

R812

R813

R7Y3

R7Y4

R7Y5

R7Y6

R7Y7

R7Y8

R7Y9

R7YA

R7YE

R7YF

R801

R802

R803

R804

R805

R806

R807

R808

R809

R831

R832

R852

R855

R857

R859

R85A

R85E

R85F

DESCRIPTION

R,CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 330K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 330H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 330K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 330H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 330K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 330H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 0.0H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 0.0H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 0.0H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 0.0H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 0.0H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 0.0H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 0.0H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 0.0H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 0.0H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 0.0H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 0.0H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 0.0H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 0.0H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 0.0H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 560H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 0.0H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 0.0H 5% 1/10W

9-22

PART NO

40372113

40AB3187

40AB3205

40372143

40AC5309

40AA3149

40AB3187

40AB3205

40373139

40AC5309

40AA3159

40AB3197

40AB3187

40AA3161

40AA3161

40AA3161

40AA2177

40AA2177

40AA2177

40AA3153

40AAD149

40AB3203

40AB3215

40AA3000

40AA3173

40AA3207

40AAD146

40AA3213

40AAD146

40AA3197

40AA3197

40AA3197

40AA3213

40AAD151

40AA3209

40AA3173

40AA3173

40AA3209

40AA3179

40AA3153

40AA3153

40AA3149

40AA3149

40AA3149

40AA3149

40AA3149

40AA3245

40AB3179

SYMBOL

R8GE

R8H1

R8H2

R8H3

R8H5

R8H6

R8J1

R8J2

R8J3

R8J5

R8J6

R8JA

R8JC

R8M1B

R8M1G

R8M1R

R8M2B

R8M2G

R8M2R

R8M4B

R85H

R85K

R85L

R85M

R85N

R8A1

R8A2

R8A3

R8A4

R8A5

R8A6

R8A7

R8A8

R8A9

R8AA

R8AE

R8AF

R8AH

R8AJ

R8M4G

R8M4R

R8M5

R8M6

R8M7

R8M8

R8M9

R8MA

R8MC

DESCRIPTION

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/2W

R,CHIP 18K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 56K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 0.0H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 75H 5% 1/2W

R,CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 75H 5% 1/2W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 120H 5% 1/2W

R,CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W

R,METAL 3.3H 5% 2W

R,CHIP 3.9K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 22K 1% 1/10W

R,METAL 56H 5% 2W

R,CHIP 2.2H 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 3.9K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 22K 1% 1/10W

R,METAL 39H 5% 3W

R,CHIP 2.2H 5% 1/8W

R,CHIP 270H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 10K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 3.9K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 330H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 330H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 330H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/4W

R,CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/4W

R,CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/4W

R,CHIP 150H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 150H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 150H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 100H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0M 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.8K 1% 1/10W

9-23

SYMBOL

R8ME

R8MFB

R8MFG

R8MFR

R8MH

R901B

R901G

R901R

R902B

R902G

R902R

R903

R904

R905

R951

R952

R953

R983

R984

R985

R986

R989

R990

R991

R992

R993

R994

R995

*** CAPACITORS ***

C151

C153

42AA2744

42AA2744

C2001

C2002

430B9066

430B9042

C401

C402

C403

C404

C405

430B9071

42AA2744

430B9070

430B9070

430B9071

C406

C407

C421

C422

C423

C424

C426

C427

C428

42AA2744

428D4417

42AA2744

42AA2744

427A7066

42CA1458

42CA1450

430B9044

430B9044

PART NO

40AB3200

40AA2161

40AA2161

40AA2161

40AA3173

40AA3139

40AA3139

40AA3139

401C6629

401C6629

401C6629

401C6649

40AAD133

401C6689

40AA3197

40AA3173

40AA3173

40499449

40AB1171

401G6141

401G6141

404J9477

40AA3233

40372215

40AB3169

40AA5193

404K5125

401H5677

DESCRIPTION

R,CHIP 13K 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 330H 5% 1/4W

R,CHIP 330H 5% 1/4W

R,CHIP 330H 5% 1/4W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 39H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 39H 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 39H 5% 1/10W





R,CHIP 22H 5% 1/2W


R,CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,CHIP 1.0K 5% 1/10W

R,METAL 10K 2% 1W

R,CHIP 820H 1% 1/8W



R,METAL 68H 5% 2W

R,CHIP 330K 5% 1/10W

R,METAL 56K 5% 2W

R,CHIP 680H 1% 1/10W

R,CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/4W

R,METAL 10H 5% 1/4W


C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 50V 22UF

C,ELEC 25V 100UF

C,ELEC 50V 330UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 50V 220UF

C,ELEC 50V 220UF

C,ELEC 50V 330UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,METAL FILM 250V 0.22UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,FILM 100V 0.018UF 5%

C,CERAMIC 50V 560PF

C,CERAMIC 50V 270PF

C,ELEC 25V 330UF

C,ELEC 25V 330UF

9-24

PART NO

42AA2744

430B9041

42AA2744

42AA2744

42AA2744

430B9041

42AA2744

430B9041

42AA2744

4309J248

42AA2744

430B9039

42AA2744

430B9039

42AA2744

42CA1472

430B9032

433A7014

430B9041

427F4669

42CA1424

42AA2726

430B9064

430B9064

430B9041

42AA2744

430B9032

430B9041

421D6009

430B9064

430B9064

430B9041

42AA2744

430B9041

42AA2744

42AA2744

42AA2744

42AA2744

430B9041

430B9032

42AA2744

42AA1521

42AA2744

430B9029

42AA2744

430B9029

42AA2744

42AA2744

SYMBOL

C4R1

C502

C503

C504

C505

C506

C507

C508

C509

C510

C4L4

C4L5

C4L6

C4M1

C4N1

C4N3

C4N4

C4N5

C4N6

C4P1

C429

C471

C472

C473

C481

C482

C483

C4H1

C4H2

C4H3

C4H7

C4J1

C4J2

C4J3

C4J4

C4J6

C4K1

C4L1

C4L3

C511

C512

C513

C514

C515

C516

C517

C518

C519

DESCRIPTION

C,CERAMIC 50V 22PF

C,CERAMIC 50V 0.01UF

C,ELEC 50V 4.7UF

C,ELEC 50V 4.7UF

C,ELEC 25V 47UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 16V 470UF

C,ELEC 25V 47UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 50V 4.7UF

C,ELEC 50V 4.7UF

C,ELEC 25V 47UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 25V 47UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 25V 47UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 25V 47UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 25V 47UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 25V 47UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 10V 3300UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 25V 22UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 25V 22UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 50V 2200PF

C,ELEC 16V 470UF

C,ELEC 16V 100UF

C,ELEC 25V 47UF

C,FILM 50V 0.033UF

C,ELEC 16V 470UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CHIP CERAMIC 50V 0.01UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 16V 100UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 16V 100UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

9-25

PART NO

420C9571

42899190

433A7014

430B6065

430B6065

42AA2744

42AA2744

42837229

42837223

42837210

42837220

42837238

42837232

42837214

42837213

420C9066

42AA1538

42AA1538

42AA1538

42AA1538

42AA1521

42AA1521

42AA1521

42AA1533

42AA2744

430B9041

42AA2744

42AA2744

430B9041

42AA2744

42AA2744

430B9041

42AA2744

430B9041

42AA2744

42AA2744

430B9028

42AA1535

4303H527

42AA1538

42AA1538

430B6031

430B6065

430B6041

430F1113

430B6017

433A4026

42AA2744

SYMBOL

C576

C577

C578

C579

C57A

C57C

C57E

C57F

C57H

C57J

C554

C561

C562

C56A

C56C

C56E

C571

C573

C574

C575

C520

C522

C523

C524

C52A

C52C

C52E

C52G

C52J

C52K

C52L

C52M

C52N

C52P

C52T

C532

C533

C54A

C552

C57K

C57M

C57N

C57P

C57T

C57W

C581

C582

C591

DESCRIPTION





C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 25V 47UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 25V 47UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 25V 47UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 25V 47UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 16V 47UF


C,ELEC 25V 2200UF


C,METAL 2.0KV 4800PF 3%

C,ELEC 16V 100UF

C,ELEC 50V 10UF

C,ELEC 50V 10UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,METAL 250V 0.62UF

C,METAL 250V 0.36UF

C,METAL 250V 0.1UF

C,METAL 250V 0.27UF

C,METAL 250V 1.5UF

C,METAL 250V 0.82UF

C,METAL 250V 0.15UF

C,METAL 250V 0.13UF


C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 16V 330UF

C,ELEC 50V 10UF

C,ELEC 25V 47UF

C,ELEC 16V 100UF

C,ELEC 10V 220UF

C,ELEC 16V 100UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

9-26

PART NO

430B6043

430B6043

430B9096

428D0053

42CA1440

430B9016

433A7002

430B9016

42AA2744

42AA2744

4309J236

428D5093

4302J558

428D5093

430B6067

42AA2726

430B6028

430B6064

42AA2744

430B9041

430B9553

420C9567

427F4617

430B6065

430B6041

42CA1454

42AA2744

42AA2744

430B6041

430B6042

430B6065

42AA2744

42AA2744

433A7046

427F4687

427F4621

4302J556

428D0097

427F4625

42AA2744

4309J196

42898011

42826301

42703464

430B9062

427F4625

427F4625

430B9516

SYMBOL

C5A9

C5AC

C5E1

C5E2

C5E3

C5F1

C5F2

C5F3

C5F4

C5F5

C5G1

C5G2

C5G3

C5G5

C5GA

C5GE

C5GF

C5GH

C5GK

C5P1

C592

C593

C595

C596

C597

C598

C59C

C59E

C59F

C59H

C59L

C5A1

C5A2

C5A3

C5A4

C5A5

C5A6

C5A7

C5A8

C5P2

C5R1

C5R2

C5R3

C5R4

C5T1

C5T2

C5U1

C5X1

DESCRIPTION

C,ELEC 250V 2.2UF


C,FILM 50V 0.022UF

C,ELEC 50V 10UF

C,ELEC 25V 47UF

C,CERAMIC 50V 390PF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 25V 47UF

C,ELEC 25V 100UF

C,ELEC 50V 10UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 50V 10UF

CQ93M1H151J,BT

C,FILM 50V 0.047UF

C,ELEC 250V 10UF

C,FILM 250V 0.22UF

C,FILM 50V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 25V 220UF

C,ELEC 25V 220UF

C,ELEC 100V 3.3UF

C,METAL 100V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 50V 100PF

C,ELEC 10V 100UF

C,ELEC 10V 47UF

C,ELEC 10V 100UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 350V 33UF

C,METAL 250V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 250V 33UF

C,METAL 250V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 50V 33UF


C,ELEC 16V 47UF

C,ELEC 50V 4.7UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 25V 47UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 100V 120UF

C,FILM 100V 2.2UF

C,FILM 800V 1000PF

C,FILM 630V 0.012UF

C,ELEC 50V 2.2UF

C,FILM 50V 0.1UF

C,FILM 50V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 160V 10UF

9-27

PART NO

4302J104

4302J047

4302J047

430B6045

4302J047

4302J047

430B6045

430B9020

430B6029

430B6082

421C3479

42826201

420EJ013

420EJ013

42826201

430B9045

421C3479

421C3479

421C3479

42845181

430B6514

42AA2721

42060330

43109896

43109896

428D0225

430C9502

42899196

430C9502

430B9516

42CA1456

430C9503

428D6011

428D6009

430B6094

4303J149

4302F557

4302J104

4302F102

42839865

433A6148

433A6148

433A6148

42AA2726

42AA2726

42AA2726

433A6148

433A6148

SYMBOL

C6P2

C6T1

C6T2

C6T3

C6T4

C6V1

C6V2

C6V3

C6V4

C6Y1

C6E3

C6F1

C6F2

C6F3

C6G2

C6H1

C6H2

C6K1

C6K2

C6P1

C5X2

C607

C608

C609

C610

C611

C621

C622

C623

C624

C625

C671

C672

C673

C674

C6A1

C6A2

C6E1

C6E2

C6Y2

C701B

C701G

C701R

C702B

C702G

C702R

C703B

C703G

DESCRIPTION

C,ELEC 160V 3.3UF

C,CERAMIC 50V 0.1UF


C,ELEC 400V 330UF

C,ELEC 400V 330UF

C,METAL 630V 0.022UF

C,ELEC 35V 220UF

C,METAL 1.25KV 1000PF 3%

C,ELEC 35V 220UF

C,ELEC 160V 10UF

C,CERAMIC 50V 470PF

C,ELEC 100V 47UF

C,METAL 100V 0.15UF

C,METAL 100V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 100V 1.0UF

C,ELEC 250V 220UF

C,ELEC 250V 22UF

C,ELEC 100V 330UF

C,ELEC 100V 100UF

C,ELEC 100V 330UF

C,ELEC 25V 2200UF

C,ELEC 25V 2200UF

C,ELEC 25V 470UF

C,ELEC 25V 2200UF

C,ELEC 25V 2200UF

C,ELEC 25V 470UF

C,ELEC 10V 1000UF

C,ELEC 16V 100UF

C,ELEC 63V 10UF

C,CERAMIC 50V 0.1UF

C,FILM 250V 0.1UF



C,FILM 250V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 25V 470UF

C,CERAMIC 50V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 50V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 50V 0.1UF

C,FILM 400V 0.47UF


C,ELEC 16V 100UF

C,ELEC 16V 100UF

C,ELEC 16V 100UF




C,ELEC 16V 100UF

C,ELEC 16V 100UF

9-28

PART NO

42AA2744

42AA2744

430B6031

42AA2744

430C0244

42AA2744

42AA2744

42AA2744

42AA2744

42AA2744

430B9028

430B9028

430B9028

42AA1538

42AA1538

42AA1538

42CA1448

42CA1448

42CA1448

42CA1426

433A6148

42AA2726

42AA2726

42AA2726

428B3513

433A6143

428B3513

433A6143

430B8144

433A6180

433A6180

433A6180

42AA2726

42AA2726

42AA2726

430J9184

430J9184

430J9184

42AA2744

42CA1426

42CA1426

42AA2744

42AA2744

430B9030

428C9002

430B6101

428D0097

428D0097

SYMBOL

C714G

C714R

C715

C716

C717

C718

C71AB

C71AG

C71AR

C71E

C71FB

C71FG

C71FR

C721B

C721G

C721R

C722B

C722G

C722R

C723B

C703R

C704B

C704G

C704R

C705

C706

C707

C708

C709

C711B

C711G

C711R

C712B

C712G

C712R

C713B

C713G

C713R

C714B

C723G

C723R

C724

C725

C726

C727

C728

C729B

C729G

DESCRIPTION

C,ELEC 16V 100UF





C,ELEC 16V 10UF


C,ELEC 16V 10UF

C,ELEC 16V 47UF

C,ELEC 50V 3.3UF

C,ELEC 50V 3.3UF

C,ELEC 50V 3.3UF




C,ELEC 16V 100UF

C,ELEC 16V 100UF

C,ELEC 16V 100UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 16V 330UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 16V 47UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 16V 47UF

C,ELEC 16V 47UF

C,ELEC 16V 47UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 50V 220PF

C,CERAMIC 50V 220PF

C,CERAMIC 50V 220PF

C,CERAMIC 50V 27PF

C,CERAMIC 50V 27PF

C,CERAMIC 50V 27PF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 16V 220UF


C,ELEC 100V 47UF

C,FILM 250V 0.22UF

C,FILM 250V 0.22UF

9-29

PART NO

42AA2744

42AA2744

430C0244

42AA2744

430B8179

430B8179

430B9552

430B9552

430B9552

42AA1521

42AA1521

42AA1521

428D0093

428D0093

428D0093

427F4673

427F4673

427F4673

430C8355

42AA2744

428D0097

42CA1430

42CA1430

42CA1430

42CA1438

42CA1438

42CA1438

42AA2744

430C0244

42AA2744

42AA2744

42AA2744

42AA2744

42AA2744

42AA2744

42AA2744

430J9184

42AA2744

42AA2744

42AA2744

42AA2744

430C8419

430B6030

430B6029

427F4675

430B6028

430B9028

430B6028

SYMBOL

C738

C739

C73A

C73E

C73F

C73H

C741B

C741G

C741R

C742B

C742G

C742R

C743B

C743G

C743R

C744B

C744G

C744R

C747

C748

C729R

C72AB

C72AG

C72AR

C72EB

C72EG

C72ER

C72F

C731

C731A

C732B

C732G

C732R

C733B

C733G

C733R

C735

C735A

C735E

C751

C752

C764

C765

C766

C771

C772

C773

C781

DESCRIPTION

C,FILM 250V 0.22UF

C,CERAMIC 50V 39PF

C,CERAMIC 50V 39PF

C,CERAMIC 50V 39PF

C,CERAMIC 50V 82PF

C,CERAMIC 50V 82PF

C,CERAMIC 50V 82PF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 16V 47UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 16V 100UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 16V 47UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 50V 10UF

C,ELEC 50V 10UF

C,ELEC 250V 1.0UF

C,ELEC 250V 1.0UF

C,ELEC 250V 1.0UF




C,METALFILM 250V 0.1UF



C,FILM 50V 0.068UF

C,FILM 50V 0.068UF

C,FILM 50V 0.068UF

C,ELEC 250V 10UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 16V 100UF

C,ELEC 16V 220UF

C,ELEC 16V 100UF

C,FILM 50V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 16V 47UF

C,ELEC 16V 47UF

C,ELEC 16V 47UF

9-30

PART NO

430J9184

42CA1440

433A6520

430B6069

430B9028

428D0097

430B6042

430C8417

42AA2744

42AA2744

42AA2744

42AA1538

42AA1538

42AA2744

42AA2744

42CA1464

42AA2726

42CA1436

42CA1464

42AA2726

430B9552

42AA1505

42AA1538

430C0275

42AA2744

430J9184

430B6029

42AA2744

42CA1444

42CA1438

42AA1515

42AA1509

42AA2744

430C0278

428B3511

430C0278

430C0275

42CA1448

42AA2744

42CA1436

42AA2744

428D0081

42AA2744

430B6029

42CA1416

42CA1416

42AA2744

42AA2744

SYMBOL

C7AA

C7AE

C7AG

C7E1

C7E3

C7E4

C7E7

C7F1

C7F2

C7F3

C7G1

C7G2

C7G3

C7G5

C7G6

C7GA

C7GE

C7GF

C7GG

C7GH

C783

C791

C792

C793

C794

C795

C796

C797

C79A

C79E

C79G

C79H

C7A1

C7A2

C7A3

C7A4

C7A5

C7A8

C7A9

C7GJ

C7GK

C7K1

C801

C802

C808

C809

C811

C814

DESCRIPTION

C,ELEC 250V 1.0UF

C,CHIP CERAMIC 50V 470PF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 50V 1.0UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 16V 100UF

C,ELEC 16V 100UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 50V 150PF

C,CERAMIC 50V 82PF



C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 50V 4.7UF

C,METAL 50V 0.068UF

C,ELEC 50V 4.7UF

C,ELEC 50V 1.0UF

C,CERAMIC 50V 220PF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 16V 100UF

C,CERAMIC 50V 100PF

C,ELEC 50V 1.0UF

C,ELEC 50V 100UF

C,ELEC 16V 47UF

C,FILM 250V 0.22UF

C,ELEC 25V 100UF

C,ELEC 16V 47UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF



C,CERAMIC 50V 68PF



C,CERAMIC 50V 68PF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,METAL 250V 0.01UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 16V 100UF

C,CERAMIC 50V 10PF

C,CERAMIC 50V 10PF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

9-31

PART NO

428B3013

430B9041

42AA2744

430B9041

42AA2744

42CA1456

428B3013

42AA2744

42AA2744

42AA2744

42AA2744

42AA2744

42AA2744

42AA2744

42AA2744

42CA1424

42CA1424

430B6028

42AA2744

430B9028

42AA1509

42AA1509

42AA1509

42CA1428

42CA1428

42AA2744

430B8145

42AA2744

430B8179

42AA2744

42AA2744

430B8144

42AA2744

430B9028

430B6028

42AA2744

42AA2744

42AA2744

42CA1456

430B6028

420C9557

420C9551

4204K108

420D0019

42AA2744

433A4033

42AA2726

428D4317

SYMBOL

C8H2

C8HA

C8HC

C8HE

C8HF

C8J1

C8J2

C8JC

C8JF

C8M1B

C8M1G

C8M1R

C8M2

C8M3

C8M4

C8M5

C8M6

C8M7

C8M9

C8MA

C816

C817

C818

C852

C853

C854

C855

C857

C85A

C85E

C8A1

C8A2

C8G3

C8G4

C8G6

C8G7

C8G8

C8G9

C8H1

C8MF

C901

C902

C903

C904

C905

C958

C959

C983

DESCRIPTION




C,CERAMIC 50V 33PF

C,CERAMIC 50V 33PF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 16V 100UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 50V 10UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 16V 47UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 16V 47UF

C,ELEC 16V 47UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 50V 470PF


C,ELEC 25V 47UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 25V 47UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 50V 470PF


C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,CERAMIC 50V 22PF

C,CERAMIC 50V 22PF

C,ELEC 16V 47UF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 16V 47UF

C,ELEC 16V 47UF



C,CERAMIC 2KV 0.01UF

C,CERAMIC 2KV 1000PF

C,CERAMIC 25V 0.1UF

C,ELEC 25V 10UF



9-32

SYMBOL

C984

C985

C986

C987

C989

PART NO

430B6101

420C9563

430B6065

430B9098

423E2111

DESCRIPTION

C,ELEC 100V 47UF


C,ELEC 50V 10UF

C,ELEC 100V 10 UF

C,CERAMIC 500V 10PF

9-33

FP1350-1 (B) BLOCK DIAGRAM

VIDEO PWB

BNC

MINI D-SUB

15 pin

FILTER

FILTER

FILTER

FILTER

DDC

24LCS21A

VIDEO

Only SOG

SYNC

CLAMP

VIDEO

Only SOG

SYNC

SENSOR

BNC

D-SUB IN

SYNC

SYNC

ANALOG SW

M52755FP

VIDEO

V_BLK

MEMORY

24LC08

X

’tal

X

’tal

SUB CPU

MC68HC705

BD32FU

MODE DISTINGUISH

／PROCESSING

USB CONNECTOR

LED DRIVER

CONTROL

PWB

CONTROL

SWITCH

THERMAL

SENSOR A/D 3

FIELD MAG.

SENSOR

PU PWB

SW ON TIME DETECT

EW,NS

A/D 1,2

A/D 4

SW/HV PWB

SWITCHING

REGULATOR

220V

80.2V

14.5V

-15.6V

8.5V

F5.5V

PMS_SUSPEND

SW PWB

INLET PWB

RELAY

RELAY

INLET

DEGAUSSING

COIL

FREQUENCY

DETECT

NO SYNC#

PnP IC

CONTROLLER

OSD

CONTROLLER

PRE-AMP

CONTROLLER

DEF. CORRECTION

CONTROLLER

PICTURE

ADJUST

MAIN CPU uPD78018FYGC

PMS

CONTROLLER

8.5V

5V

REG.

ON/OFF

5V

8.5V

5V

REG.

RESET

S5V

HEATER CONTOROL

PRE-AMP

OSD MIX

M52742ASP

BLK IN

＋

OSD R/G/B BLK IN

VIDEO

SHARPNESS 1/2/3

OSD

CHARACTER

GENERATOR

M35070-050FP

BUFFER

VIDEO

80.2V

CRT PWB

8.5V

VIDEO OUTPUT

DRIVER

VPS16

PEAKING

SHARPNESS

CONTROLLER

HEATER

REG.

R VIDEO R VIDEO

CLAMP/BIAS

G VIDEO

R BRT

R BIAS

G VIDEO

CLAMP/BIAS

DAC

B VIDEO

G BRT

G BIAS

M62393FP

B BRT

B BIAS

B VIDEO

CLAMP/BIAS

220V

220V SPOT

KILLER

8.5V

6.2V

R OUT

G OUT

B OUT

12V

AUTO

ADJUST

BLANKING

-80V

ABL

AFC_T

12V

-15.6V

BLANKING

DRIVE

V_PUMP

AS_BLK

From CPU

HV

3.3V

AUTO ADJUST

CONTROLLER

BU6483K

X

’tal

VD

-

SELFTEST

SW

HD

+

VD

+

SYNC

SEPARATOR

M52347FP

HD

-

VD_B

5V

3.3V

REG.

3.3V

OSC PWB

3.3V

REG.

5V

V SAW GENERATOR

SYNC.PROCESSOR

HE6-0092

H PULSE VCO/PLL

DISTORTION CORRECTION

WAVE GENERATOR

G1 BLANKING

CONTROLLER

CONVERGENCE

CONTROLLER

VH_BLK

XSC/YSC

14.5V

12V

REG.

12V

I

2

CBUS

H.S-Cg

DRIVER

LA6500

V.S-Cg

DRIVER

LA6500

Corner

LT/LB

LA6510

Corner

RT/RB

LA6510

EMF

DRIVER

LA6510

Z

DRIVER

LA6510

S5V

EXP

M62320FP

DAC

M62392FP

H SIZE

CONTROLLER

BA9757

ANALOG

MULTIPLIER

CA0007AM

D-FOCUS

WAVE

GENERATOR

HDF

VDF

H PULSE

DRIVE

H.S-Cg COIL

V.S-Cg COIL

EMF COIL

Z COIL

SW/HV PWB

220V

+B CHOPPER +B MODULATOR

V DISTORTION

CONTROL

/FILTER SW

EMF

Corner

COIL

H DEF

OUTPUT

HDY

DEF PWB

LINEAR COIL

/CONTROLLER

S CAPACITOR

CORRECTION

AFC

H CENTERING

F5.5V

V DEF

OUTPUT

LA7876N

VDY

AFC

BUFFER

H DF OUT

V DF OUT

D.F.T.

HV

PROTECTER

H8D2967

HV

CONTROLLER

MSPAD106

FBT

FOCUS/

SCREEN

CONTROL

-80V

REG.

-80V

HV

OUTPUT

80.2V

10-1

for Human Potential

SERVICE MANUAL MultiSync FP1350

SERVICE MANUAL

COLOR MONITOR

MultiSync FP1350

MODEL FP1350-1 (B)

NEC Corporation

WARNING

CONTENTS

SPECIFICATION

USER'S MANUAL

Contents

Quick Start

Controls

Recommended Use

Features

Troubleshooting

SERIAL NUMBER INFORMATION

ASSEMBLY

ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES

MultiSync

6

(POWER SW)

ADJUSTMENT ITEMS

Center line

Center line

1) Adjustment for Size, Position and Distortion for all preset signals can be done by selecting only one specified signal.

AUTO ADJ I/F JIG (120V)

CN-PRN

connect printer cable

Connect Signal cable from Monitor

AC100-120V top view

AUTO ADJ I/F JIG front view

Target Monitor

IBM PC or compatible

Video Signal Generator

Signal Cable

Printer Cable

AUTO ADJ I/F JIG

Note: Above menu may differ in some models.

45

±

Vp-p

Ｒ Ｂ Ｒ Ｂ

Ｂ

Ｒ

H.CONVER SAW T V.CONVER SAW T

Ｒ Ｂ Ｒ Ｂ

Ｂ

Ｒ

H.CONVER PARA T V.CONVER PARA T

Ｂ

Ｒ

Ｒ Ｂ Ｒ Ｂ

H.CONVER SAW B V.CONVER SAW B

Ｂ

Ｒ

Ｒ Ｂ Ｒ Ｂ

H.CONVER PARA B V.CONVER PARA B

Y

Y

X

-COIL

F1

FOCUS

F2

SCREEN

Fig 3-9 DEF PWB (PARTS SIDE)

CN-SD

CN-DSA CN-DSB

Fig 3-10 OSC PWB (PARTS SIDE)

INSPECTION

BUS

ACTIVITY

MASTER

SDA(DATA)

12pin

BUS ACTIVITY

S

T

A

ＲＢＲＢ

ＲＢＲＢ

ＲＢＲＢ

ＲＢＲＢ